639 Hidayah PDF

AfA
ZA
THE GUIDANCE
In 'Arabic Grammar
A Compilation Of The Rules Of 'Arabic Syntax
Translated By
Ali Abdur-Rasheed
2008 Ali Abdur-Rasheed
Published By:
Madani E-Publications
aliarasheed@gmail.com
All Rights Reserved. No part of this document may be published without express
written consent.
pjA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lesson Topic Page
Preface ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___A8

1. Definition of Nahw,
the Kalimah and its Divisions ( BnC
A
,ZA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___9
jM

2. Definition of the Noun & Verb (A jM
mA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___11

3. Definition of the Particle & the Meaning of Speech (A
,MB
jY ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___14
4. The Declinable Noun & Types of I'rab

AC LjA
(LAjA
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___18

5. The Remaining Types of I'rab LAjG
of Nouns (mA
AC I
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___24

6. j
Fully-Declinable & Partially-Declinable Nouns (jvA jvA

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___29

7. Remaining Causes Preventing Full-Declension (jvA

KJm I ) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___34
BA
8. Nominative Nouns: The Verbal Subject & Proxy-Subject (BA
KB :jA FmA) ___ ___39

9. CfNJA
Nominative Nouns: The Nominative Subject and Predicate (jJbA ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___45

10. Nominative Nouns: (oV
oI NJrNA B mG G jJa B mG) _ ___ ___ ___ ___50
BA

11. Accusative Nouns (I A A A) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___55
12. Accusative Nouns: (eBA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___61

13. Accusative Nouns: ( A A A) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___66

14. Accusative Nouns: (BZA) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___71

) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___75
15. Accusative Nouns: (lNA
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___78
16. Accusative Nouns: (RNnA

B jJa
oVA
) ___ ___ ___ ___85
17. Accusative Nouns: (oI
NJrNA mG G mG B jJa
The Guidance In Grammar A-5 ZA AfA

Lesson Topic Page

BzA
18. Genitive Nouns: (G ijVA FmA) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___91

) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___96
19. Subordinate Nouns: (OA

20. Subordinate Nouns: (jZBI A) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___102

21. Subordinate Nouns: (fDNA
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___106

22. Subordinate Nouns: (BJA fJA) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___111
23.
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___115
Indeclinable Nouns: (PAjzA

24. Indeclinable Nouns: (iBqA
FmC) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___122
PvA
25. Indeclinable Nouns: (PBJjA FmC BA
FmC) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___129

26. Indeclinable Nouns: (PBBA
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___133

27. Indeclinable Adverbs: (JA jA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___137
jA
28. Remaining Indeclinable Adverbs (JA I ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___141

29. Conclusion: Remaining Rules of the Noun: (efA FmC jNA
jNA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___146

30. FmC
Remaining Numbers (efA I
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___152

31. Masculine and Feminine (SDNA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___156
jhNA
32.
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___161
The Plurals (VA
33. The Masdar (ifvA

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___168

34. The Verbal Adjective (JrA mG) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___174
vA) and the Superlative Noun (zNA

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___180
35. The Verb (A

) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___186
36. The Present-Tense Verb (iBzA
iBzA
37. The Present-Tense and Words of Requital (AkBVA PB ) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___192

Lesson Topic Page

38. The Command Verb (jA
) and Passive-Voice Verb (VA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___199
A

kA
39. The Passive Voice & Active Voice Verb (fNA A ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___205

BC
40. Defective Verbs & Verbs of Approximation (IiBA BA) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___211
vBA

BC
41. Verbs of Surprise & Verb of Praise and Blame (hA `fA ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___217
KVNA

42. The Particle (jZA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___222

43. Completion of the Genitive Particles (jVA NM
jY ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___228

44. jY
The Remaining Genitive Particles (jVA I
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___234
45. jY
Particles Resembling the Verb (1-BI

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___241
JrA
46. jY
Particles Resembling the Verb (2-BI

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___246
JrA

47. jY
Appositive Particles (1-A ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___251

48. Appositive Particles (2-A jY ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___255

jY
49. Particles of Notice (JNA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___259

50. jY
Extraneous Particles (eBlA ) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___264

51. The Particles of Explanation (jnNA
BjY ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___269

52. Particles of Anticipation and Interrogation (BNmA jY) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___273
NA

jY
53. Particles of Condition (jrA ) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___277

jY

54. Particle of Restriction (ejA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___283
55.
NA
Tanween and its Divisions (BnC

)__ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___287

56. The Nun
of Emphasis (fDNA ) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___291
Footnotes _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___296

fA
PREFACE
YjA YjA A nI
jBA E (x) fZ J nA vA BA Li fZA
.fvA AfrA mjA BJC U
al-Hidayah,
as its name suggests, is a guide to the rules of 'Arabic syntax or sentence
grammar. While many books of grammar contain similar topics and discussions, the
beauty and usefulness of Hidayah
lies in its organization of these topics. Beginning with
the definition of Nahw or 'Arabic syntax, each chapter lays a foundation for another
chapter until the reader, in the end, has been thoroughly exposed to the underlying
fundamentals of 'Arabic syntax.
As a book, al-Hidayah
is somewhat of a mystery. Although it has been used as a text-book
of grammar for generations, it is unclear who its author is. The index of publications in the
Library of Alexandria by Abu Ahmad
Abu 'Ali Ameen lists the author as Ibn Hayyan

Andulusi (Muhammad
Ibn Yusuf)
a resident of Cairo (654-745 H).
Other books, like Kashf
az-Zanun
mentions three other individuals as possible authors: az-Zubair al-Basri
Ibn
Ahmad
ash-Shafi';
'Abdul-Jaleel Ibn Fairuz Gaznavi or Ibn Dastawaih 'Abdullah Ibn Ja'far.
al-Hidayah
has been published in many forms. Islamic seminary students in Iran, Iraq and
other places are familiar with al-Hidayah
as one of the books found in Jami
al-Muqaddimat,
a collection of small books the majority of which are related to 'Arabic
grammar on different levels. The version which is translated here was prepared by the
A
Academy Of Islamic Sciences (mA ) of the Islamic Republic of Iran. This
VA
edited version departs from the tradition arrangement of al-Hidayah
in favor of a text-book
type format with the traditional topics organized into fifty-six lessons. At the end of each
lesson, a summary, questions and exercises are provided to further engage the reader in
the lesson's objectives. This format is easy for the reader to digest and memorize.
Upon completion of the book, the reader will have undoubtedly developed a fundamental
understanding of 'Arabic grammar. Supported with this guidance, the reader can begin to
explore the branches issuing from the fundamentals outlined in this book and the opinions
of notable scholars of 'Arabic grammar.
Ali Abdur-Rasheed
May 11, 2008/5 Jamadi al-Awwal, 1429

pifA
A
THE FIRST LESSON
FnA
QQ B ,B
.v N KV
BfM

NA

fA
eBJA
In the beginning, it is required to advance a preface due to the dependence of various
matters upon it (later). In the preface are three sections:

ZA
jM
:A
vA

SECTION ONE: Definition Of The Discipline of Nahw

SY A
TRA

KjM FJA LAjA :ZA
AYC BI jM uDI
jaAC
.LjA .|I
~jA
:y

A
DbA
BnA
Bu :
BzI
A
.A
Nahw
is the knowledge of the principles by which the states of the endings of words are
), construction (FJA)
known in the three parts of speech with regard to declension (LAjA

and the manner of constructing one word with another. The aim of Nahw
is the protection

of the tongue from verbal mistakes in the speech of the 'Arab. Nahw's
topics are: (A
)

the word and (A) speech.
The Guidance In Grammar 9 ZA AfA

BBnC A vA
:BRA
SECTION TWO: The Word and Its Types
,jY
C BG B

QQ jvZ
mG :BnC ,ej y :A

BB
fYDI ,Bn
jNA

fM C (jZA) ,Bn

fM
Bn

,kA
fYDI BB jN

,QRA
fM C ,(A) kA

.(mA)

) is an expression formulated for a singular meaning. It is limited to three
The word (A

), and the Particle (jZA
), the Verb (A
). If the word does not signify
types: the Noun (mA

a meaning in itself, it is a Particle. Or it signifies a meaning in itself and its meaning is
associated with one of the three tenses (of time), it is a Verb. Or it signifies a meaning in
itself and its meaning is not associated with one of the three tenses, it is a Noun.

ubA

DbA

BnA Bu
MfB .FJA
LAjA
SY LjA

fAI ZA
y A

.ej

.A

mC

.ZA

-1
j
I -2
y
.ZA

fB
.ZA jgC -3
ef
.BBnC

A
j -4

pifA
BRA
THE SECOND LESSON

Definition of the Noun and Verb A
jM
mA

BZA yBA
C ,QRA
kA
fYDI jN
j Bn
fM :mA

:Z
,I iBJaA
.( :Z
,BJNmA
,ByA ;(B
fk) \v C N ,Ui)
;(UjA)

NA
RNA jVA

\v C :Z , jNA ae ;(fk ) :Z
.mA ~Aa h

H .EfA jvNA OA VA

C (I iBJaA)
.CfNJ
C C
B
BZ C ( iBJaA)

I BZ
.jJbB

A noun is a word signifying a meaning in itself without an association with one of the three

tenses, meaning the past, present (imperfect tense) and future. For example: Ui A man;

Knowledge.
The signs of a noun:
) and to give information
1. It is proper to give information about the noun ( iBJaA

by means of it (I iBJaA ), as in: B
fk Zaid is standing.
1
The servant of Zaid.

2. Idafah (ByA
) is proper (with the noun), as in: fk
The
) upon the noun (is proper), as in: UjA
3. Entering the Definite Article (jNA
man.

) is proper (with the noun), as in: Ui
4. The state of Jarr (jVA
In the house is a
iAfA
man. (Also appropriate for the noun is:)

Tanween (NA
), as in: Ui A man;

), as in:
The dual (RNA Two men;
Ui

), as in: BUi
The plural (VA Men;

), as in:

An adjective (OA Ui A tall man;

), as in: Ui
A Diminutive (jvNA A little man;

), as in: BUi
The Vocative (EfA B O men!
Each of these are among the peculiarities of the noun.
) is that (information is attributed to) a noun governed as a
The meaning of ( iBJaA

) is that attribution (to another word) is
subject, object or Mubtada. The meaning of (I iBJaA
made by means of a noun, like the Khabar.
jM
A
The Definition Of The Verb

,jv
.(jvC ,jv) :Z ,QRA kA
fYDI jN Bn
fM :A
:Z \v
f)
,jv ,
(kBVA
m
nA
f) ae ,
I iBJaA
C N

,B yBA
AjC iBzA G jvNA F .(jv ,jv m ,jvm
:Z ,BnA :Z
,jA
EBvMA
;(OJN)
SDNA
FM ;(OJN) jBzA
kiBJA

.A
xAa

h H :Z
.(JNC)

,fDNA

The verb is a word signifying a meaning in itself while being associated with one of the

He helped (Past Tense); jv
three tenses, as in: jv
He is helping (Imperfect Tense); jvC
(You) Help! (Future).
The signs of a verb are:
1. It is proper to attribute information by means of the verb but attribution is not

Ali hit me.
Ijy
made to the verb (itself), as in:

), (nA
2. It is proper to enter (f), (m ) and the state of (kBVA
) upon the verb, as in:
f He already helped; jv
m Soon he will help; jv
m
jv Later he will help;
He did not help.
jv
3. It is proper for the verb to change into the Past Tense, Imperfect Tense, and
He helped (Past Tense); jv
Imperative, as in: jv He is helping/will help

(You) help! (Imperative).
(Imperfect Tense); and jvC

4. It is proper to attach conspicuous pronouns to the verb indicating the subject, as
I wrote. (Also appropriate for the verb is:)
in: OJN
She
(BnA
(Attaching) the unvowelled Feminine Ta BM), as in: OJN
SDNA
wrote;

of Emphasis (fDNA
(Attaching) the Nun Surely (You) must
), ex. JNC
write!
All of these are among the peculiarities of the verb.

:mC

. BR jgC ?mA
jM
B -1

.B BR
fYA jg mA
PB
-2
ef

R ,A
.h jM
jgC -3

.B R
fYA
PB
,A -4
ef

:jM

VA
:BNA BA FmA XjbNmG

2.{fvA
A
,fYC A } -C
3.{~iA

A}
PABnA
i -L
jJvA
.BA -X

.fA vA
e -e

4.{AE
hA
A G}
Af -_

pifA
SBRA
THE THIRD LESSON

Definition Of The Particle jZA jM

H
BB
,(G)
()
:Z ,Bj I
,Bn

fM :jZA

fM ,BNA
AfNIA
AfNIA
,BNA B jg fI
G BB _

.(A
G jvJA Pjm) : (A)

(jvJA)_
\v
iBJaA
PB
FmA
PB J C ,I C jZA
mA C ,(iAfA

fk) :Z
,mA

I
IjB
,jR
fA LjA

jZ

.BA

g j
fAA ,(jD fm FU G) :Z ,NU C ,(BI
OJN) :Z
,

A
.BM nA
Fq G SBRA BjM
MDm NA

) is a word not signifying a meaning in itself, rather it signifies (a
The Particle (jZA

). Their meaning is the beginning point and
meaning in) other than itself, like () and (G
end point. However, they do not signify their meaning except after mentioning that which
is understood of a beginning point and end point, like Basrah
and Kufah, as you would

say: A G jvJA
Pjm I traveled from Basrah

to Kufah.
The signs of Particle are:

It is not proper to make attribution with the particle nor have attribution made to the
particle (itself).
The Particle does not accept the signs of the verb or the noun.
In the Arabic language, there are many benefits of the Particle, like the connection

fk Zaid is in the house; or connection between a noun
between two nouns. as in: iAfA

I wrote with the pen; or connection between two sentences, as
and a verb, as in: BI OJN
fm
in: jD
FU
G If Sa'eed comes to me, I will honor him. (And there are benefits)

other than that whose introduction will come in the third-section, if Allah, the Exalted,
wills.

A
jM
:SBRA
vA

THE THIRD SECTION: The Definition Of Speech (A jM
)
SZI
fM G
jaA
NA
fYG Jn eBmA
,eBmBI zM
NA
:A

B) :Z ,B PnA

fB
.(fk \v
KBbA
,mA

C

.mA
U
n
,(A :Z
fk) ,mA

G vZ A C

fI ,Bj B G fnA fnA fU gG . U n ,(fm oU) :Z

B B ,EfBI
,eC) jY
EfA B) :Z
:B (fBa |N Ah : H .B

.EfBI
|N ,A (KC
)
Speech (A) is an expression comprised of (at least) two words with ascription (eBmA

between one another. Ascription is defined as the connection of one word with the
another, wherein the listener benefits (from the ascription making it) proper for him to

remain silent, as in: fk B Zaid stood.
It is known that speech is only achieved with either two nouns, referred to as a nominal

sentence (mA
VA). Or (achieved) with a verb and a noun, referred to as a verbal

VA
), as in: fm
sentence (A oU Sa'eed sat. Then, the ascribed word and that word
which is ascribed to it are not found together in other than the noun and verb. It is
required, therefore, that speech (is comprised) of the two.
If it is said that (the rule) is broken by the Nida,

B O Khalid!
as in: fBa We say: the

) and (KC) and they are verbs. Therefore, the
Vocative Particle stands in the place of (eC
rule is not broken by the Vocative.

:ubA

QQ G A
:BnC nM

e
.QRA
B : kA
fYDI j
AjNA Nn e B :mG

fYDI
AgG G n
B
f :jY kA
.QRA AjNA
Nn

PnA nZ
fB

I IjA Ki
,j
MfB
B fA A :A
.PBA

mA
. C mA G vZ

:mC
R
,jZA
. jM jgC -1

.B R ,jZA
I -2
fA
j
g \y ,A
.BRI -3

.RDI
g \y ?B VA M N -4

.B R ,VA BnC jgC -5

:iBM

:MD
B VA -1
I ,jZA BA FmA XjbNmG
OjNqG
.LBNA -C

Ah fm

B
.fu -L

BA
.PBBI BG -X

.JVA
lJbA fA C -e
YiA
.jvA jNYG
jJA
-_

.AjvN ZA OCi -

VA
:BNA jZA mA
A
VA XjbNmG
-2
iAjG

.BiBI
,BnBI
,KBI j BA -C

U vA
.iBA -L

G
.fZA A
fA KC -X
B jA
.nZ -e
5.{qBa
Mu A
\C
hA f} -_

pifA
IAjA
THE FOURTH LESSON
The Noun
mA
jh

G n

:IBI
BYC Lj
,J :n mA

) and the Indeclinable
The Noun (Al-Ism) is divided into two types: The Declinable (Lj
). We will mention their rules in two chapters:
(J
LBJA
A

QQ B fA
v .MBa
fuB
QQ f ,LjA mA

THE FIRST CHAPTER
mA
The Declinable Noun (LjA ). In (the first chapter) is an introduction, three objectives

and a conclusion. In the Introduction are three sections:
mA
LjA vA
:A
SECTION ONE: The Declinable Noun

Jr
yBA
A jZA C ,uA

J Ki mA
j :LjA mA
B) (Ah) KjNA fY
f (fm) FU)
(fm ,jyBZA
:Z
(fm) jA

(Ah

jaE
NaHI Nb
C Y ,NA J
BN n ,jZBI
JrA eU
,N FU)
,B

:Z ,AjfM C ,(flI Pij ,Afk OCi ,fk FU) :Z
AA
Pij

.(NI ,N OCi

The declinable noun is every noun constructed (in an expression) with other than itself
and (the declinable noun) does not resemble originally indeclinable nouns, meaning the

Particle (jZA ); the past-tense verb (yBA
A ) and the command verb (jyBZA ), such
jA

as (fm

FU
) in: fm
) alone due to lack of (grammatical)
Sa'eed Came, not the word (fm
construction. Nor is (Ah) in: Ah B This stood, due to the existence of a resemblance to a
particle.

The (Declinable Noun) is referred to as Mutamakkin (NA
) due to its acceptance of

Tanween (NA
) or Nunnation . The rule of the Declinable Noun is that its ending changes

). This change may be literal (B), as in: fk FU
with a change of word government (AA
I passed by Zaid. Or (the change may) be
Zaid came to me; Afk OCi Pij
I saw Zaid; flI

I saw a youth; NI Pij
estimated (AjfM A youth came to me; N OCi
), as in: N FU I
passed by a youth.

FA
.A
AA

jnA ZNA zB ,LjA jaE Nb I B :LAjA
:AC QQ

mA
LAjG
-3 ,Kv
.jU -2 ,i -1
,jaA .jVA KvA
jA
:Z jZA mA Z
LAjA I vZ B :BA
AfA
jY
(fBa) LAjG zA ,Lj
(fBa) B (Cj) H ,(fBa
Cj)

Z
.LAjA
6Vm
Y A mA

nA
.iBzA NA Lj C A
G LjA

A
.BM
Fq G BRA
) is that by which the ending of declinable nouns are changed, like (the
Declension (LAjA

); Ya (FA),
(AA
signs of declension): Dammah
(zA); Fathah
(ZNA ); Kasrah (jnA ); Waw
); Accusative (Kv
)
and Alif (A
). Declension of the noun is of three types: Nominative (i
).
and Genitive (jU

Word government (BA
) is that by which the nominative, accusative and genitive states

are achieved. The place of declension (LAjA
Z) of the noun is its last letter, as in: fBa
Cj

Khalid ) is the governing word (BA
read. The word (Cj
) is the
) and the word (fBa

A
declinable governed noun (LjA ). Dammah
is the (sign of) declension and the
) is the place of declension (LAjA
letter (e) in the word (fBa
Z).
Know, that in the speech of the 'Arabs there are no declinable words other than the

Mutamakkin Noun (NA A
). (The verb's)
) and the present-tense verb (iBzA
mA
ruling will come in the second section, if Allah, the Exalted, wills.
LAjG
BuC
mA
:BRA
vA
SECTION TWO: Types of Declension of the Noun

nM
:BuC mA
LAjG

: BI wNb jnBI
jVA
,ZNBI jA C - :A
KvA ,zBI
,
jY
,\ZvA
jvA
ejA

:Z jaE B :BZA
f mBI
-C

.(fmC)
:Z
,Bm
BJ
B F C AA jaE B ,\ZvA iBVBI
,e) jV -L

.(J
,jU
;BUi ,J UB)
,fmC
:M .(BUi)
:Z ,jvA

jnA

VBI

-X

,J
.(BUi
,jU ,fmDI Pij ;BUi BJ AjU ,AfmC OCi
Declension of the noun is of nine types:
) with Fathah; and
The First: That it is nominative (jA ) with Dammah;
accusative (KvA

genitive (jVA
) with Kasrah. It is exclusive to the following:

). According to the
a) The Fully Declinable Singular Sound Noun (\ZvA
jvA
ejA
scholars of Nahw,
it is a noun which does not have a weak letter at its ending, as

in: fk Zaid.
Majra as-Saheeh
b) al-Jari jV
(\ZvA iBVA
). It is a noun whose last letter is Waw
A bucket; J
with (the preceding letter) being unvowelled (BnA
or Ya ), as in: e
A Gazelle.

), as in: BUi Men. You
VA
jnA
c) The fully-declinable Broken Plural (jvA

A lion attacked me; jU
would say: fmC UB UB
A cub attacked me; J UB
A

Some men attacked me.
Gazelle attacked me; BUi UB

OCi
I saw a lion; AjU
I saw a cub; BJ I saw a
(Or you can say:) AfmC OCi OCi

I saw some men. (Or you can say:) fmDI
gazelle; BUi OCi

I passed by a lion;
Pij

I passed by a cub; JI I passed by
Pij
jVI Pij I passed by a gazelle; BUjI
Pij
some men.
,BnA
:Z VBI
SA wNb jVA
jnBI KvA ,zBI

jA C
-:BRA

Pij
.(PBnI
,PBn ,PBn
OCi MFU)
:M ,(PBn)

) and
The Second: That which is nominative (jA ) with Dammah,
and accusative (KvA

genitive (jVA
) with Kasrah. It is exclusive to the Feminine Sound Plural (BnA SA VA),
Muslim women. You would say: PBn
as in: PBn

MFU
Some Muslim women came to
me; PBn

OCi
I saw some Muslim women; PBnI
I passed by some Muslim women.
Pij
:Z
,jvA jVA
ZNBI
wNb
,(fYC) jI
jA
,zBI
KvA C -:SBRA

OCi
FU)
Pij
.(fYDI ,fYC ,fYC :M
) and
The Third: That which is nominative (jA ) with Dammah
and accusative (KvA

genitive (jVA ), as
j
) with Fathah.
It is exclusive to the Partially Declinable Nouns (jvA
Ahmad. You could say: fYC
in: fYC
FU
Ahmad came to me; fYC I saw Ahmad; Pij
OCi

I passed by Ahmad.
fYDI

jJ
jA C :IAjA

j)
NnA FmBI wNb ,FBI
jVA
,BI
KvA ,ABI

G Bz (U

j)
(jv
Y ,IC ,aC : ,NA
F
j BR ej

Ah (aDI
.AJA Pij ,BaC OCi ,aC FU) :M ,B
g
The Fourth: That which is nominative (jA ) with Waw,

accusative (KvA ) with Alif, and
) with Ya.
genitive (jVA It is exclusive to The Six Nouns (NnA FmA) (with the condition that
jJ

j
they are) non-Diminutive (jv ); singular; not dual or plural, and annexed to
F
Bz). The Six Nouns
other than the (pronoun of the) first person singular (NA G
j

FmA
Your father-in-law; Your mouth;
) are: aC Your brother; IC Your father; Y
(NnA

Your thing; B Your brother came to me; BaC OCi
g Wealthy. You would say: aC FU

I saw your brother; aDI
Pij I passed by your brother. Likewise, it is for the remaining
words.

:mC
R
. ,LjA
mA
j -1
BR
?NA B -2
. LjyG mA

.LAjA

jgC
-3
LAjG
.mA AC jgC

-4

Z
.LAjA
j
I ,BA -5

.B u BR B IiC `jqG ?mA
jg LAjG BuC -6
R
?\ZvA iBVA mA B -7
. jV

jnA ,\ZvA
VA jV
iBVA
,\ZvA
ejA

mA

Lj -8

.jvA

R ,BnA
.h SA
U
LAjG jgC-9
.g \y
mA
BR PB j
?jvA Lj I-10

I NnA
FmA
jgC
jg
.RC BIAjG PB -11

:iBM
PB I ,BNA
VA IjA
FmA

:BIAjG
XjbNmG
-1
6.{~iA
jB
PABnA fZA} -C

. B wjY -L
BnA

M vA
7.{jA -X
FrZA G}
nY
.re IC FU -e

.yBI
g gBNmA Ah -_
jn -
PByjA
m
.|jA
fYC
.mifA
Om -k

VA
:BNA BbA
BA

FmA
NnA
BJmB
BmA y -2

A -C
....... .....jNYG

u
.VA ......OCi -L

jC
........G -X
KB........
.g -e

........
-_
oBU

.......... Om -
.......A
.jbA -k


oBbA

pifA
THE FIFTH LESSON
LAjG
mA I
BuC
The Remaining Types Of Declension Of The Noun

wNb
,RBI .BJ FBI
B `NA jVA
,BI
KvA jA C -:oBbA
UjA
:M ,(BNQA BQG)
G

Bz

,B FU) ,jy ()
BB AgG (BN)

,B ;QA
Pij
,B
OCi

.(QA
UjBI
UjA
;BQG

) and genitive (jVA

The Fifth: That which is nominative (jA
) with Alif and accusative (KvA )
the letter before it being Maftuh
with Ya, (vowelled with Fathah).
This is exclusive to the

Dual (RA

) and that which is attached to the Dual, and these are ( ) and (BN ) when they

are annexed to a pronoun. Also attached to the Dual are the words (BQG
) and (BNQG
). You
UjA
would say: B FU OCi
UjA
Two men came to me, both of them; B I saw two

Pij
I passed by two men, both of them.
men, both of them; B UjBI

.BJ B inA
FBI

jVA

KvA ,BJ B ABI jA
zA
C -:peBnA

,n :M .(BMAaC
FU) jr C)_
,BnA
I ZA jhA
VBI wNb
;B
Pij
,nI
C ,Ui jr

,n
OCi ;B
C ,Ui jr

.(B
C ,Ui
jr

The Sixth: That which is nominative (jA) with Waw, the letter before it being Madmum

(vowelled with Dammah) and accusative (KvA ) and Genitive (jVA
the letter
) with Ya,
(vowelled with Kasrah). It is exclusive to the Masculine Sound
before it being Maksur

8
Plural (BnA
jhA and jr
VA) and its attachments, which are: C and her sisters. You

could say: nA
FU jr
Muslim men came to me; Ui Twenty men came to me;
FU
I saw Muslim men;
B
C FU Wealthy people came to me. (Or you could say:) n OCi

Ui OCi I saw twenty men; B
jr C OCi I saw wealthy people. (Or you could say:) Pij

nI
I passed by Muslim men; Ui Pij I passed by twenty men; B D
jrI I
I Pij
passed by wealthy people.

,ByA
Bn
:Z f B .AfIC YN VA ,AfIC in RNA
C A
An
.(jv B FU)
,fk

) is always Maksur

of the Dual (RNA (vowelled with Kasrah). The
Know, that the Nun
Nun ) is always Maftuh
of the Plural (VA (vowelled with Fathah).
Also, know that both of

B FU
are dropped with annexation (ByA
these Nun ), as in: fk Zaid's servants came
An
to me; jv FU
The Muslims of Egypt came to me.

jA C -:IBnA

wNb .jnA jfNI
jVA
,ZNA jfNI
KvA ,zA jfNI

G BzBI :Z

j F
,iv
C jaE
,ivBI
RNA NA ;(m) B

, m m
OCi ,
FU) :M .()
jhA
:Z ,BnA VA

mI
.( Pij

The Seventh: That which is nominative (jA) by the estimation of Dammah; accusative
) by the estimation of Fathah; and genitive (jVA
(KvA
) by the estimation of Kasrah. It is

exclusive with (Alif) Maqsurah, as in: m
and (the word) annexed to the (pronoun) Ya of

the first-person, not the dual nor the Masculine Sound Plural, as in:
My servant.

m
You could say: m
Musa and my servant came to me;
FU OCi I saw

mI
Musa and my servant;

I passed by Musa and my servant.
Pij
.jnA
wNb

jfNI
jVA B
ZNBI
KvA

,zA
jA C -:BRA

jfNI
OCi
,yBA
,BJ B in jaE
F
,xBI
:M .(yBA)
FU) :Z B
.(yBBI
Pij ,yBA

The Eighth: That which is nominative (jA ) by the estimation of Dammah;
accusative
) with Fathah literally, and genitive (jVA
(KvA
) by the estimation of Kasrah. It is exclusive
to the Manqus. It is that noun ending in (the letter) Ya with the letter before it being
(vowelled with Kasrah), as in: yBA
Maksur The judge. You could say: yBA The
FU
Judge came to me; yBA

I saw the Judge; yBBI
OCi Pij
I passed by the Judge.

jA C -:mBNA

BnA jhA
VBI wNb .B FBI jVA KvA ,AA jfNI
FA AA uC
,()
FU)

ONUG
. :M ,NA F
G BBz

JmB jnBI zA OfIC
FA
OeC ,F AA OJ

,Bm B A
,fYA

Pij
.(I OCi
, FU)
, :M ,()
iBv ,F

The Ninth: That which is nominative (jA ) by the estimation of Waw and accusative
) and genitive (jVA
(KvA
) with Ya literally. It is exclusive to the Masculine Sound Plural
VA F), as in:
) annexed to the Pronoun Ya of the first person singular (NA
(BnA
jhA
FU
). The Waw
My teacher came to me. Its origin is: ( are
and the Ya

combined together into one letter, the first being Sakin (vowelless) and the Waw is

converted to Ya.
Contraction is made in the (two letters) Ya.
The Dammah
is replaced by

). You could
Then, it becomes (
Kasrah as being an appropriate (vowel) for the Ya.

FU
say: OCi
My teacher came to me; Pij
I saw my teacher; I I passed by
my teacher.

ubA

.AA NaHI
jaE NaA j Ki mA :LjA mA

.jaE Nb I B :mA
,A
,jnA ,ZNA ,zA :mA
LAjG
LAjG
,AA

:BuC nM mA .FA
LAj

.BUi
J
,e ,fmD ,jnBI jVA
,ZNBI jA
KvA ,zBI -1

.(PBn)_ ,jnBI
KvA zBI jA
jVA -2
,ZNBI
jVA
.(fYC)_ KvA zBI jA -3

FmB
.NnA ,FBI jVA
BI KvA ABI

jA -4

.MBZ wNb
RBI ,FBI
jVA
KvA BI
-5
jA

ABI
BnA
.MBZ VI
jhA wNb ,FBI
jVA
KvA jA -6

,jnA
.(m)_

jVA
jfNI
ZNA
jfNI

KvA
zA
jfNI

jA -7

.(yBA)_
,B ZNBI KvA jnA
zA jfNI

jVA jA -8

BBz
F G
BnA jhA
VI
wNb ,B FBI
jVA
KvA AA

jfNI

jA -9

,NA
.()_

:mC
Lj -1
g I ?RA
.BRI

jg
.RC jVM
KvM BI
jgC
BjgC ?ABI

jM FmA
C -2

jY
.B R ?BAe VA RNA
B -3

.f KUC ?BnA
RDI
jhA
VA RNA B nM N -4

.g J BR BjgC ?BIAjG PB U
ifM FmA C -5
mA
I ,xA
.RC
Ljy IAjG PB
j -6

R ?NA
.h F
G yC AgG
BnA jhA
U LAjG -7

:iBM

:IAjG I ,BNA
VA LjA mA -1
XjbNmG
f
.#Bn m
nA nA$
-C

JAjA
.#jaA fAl
,BfA -L
I$
NV
,VA
G Bn h BNmif
NV
,L QQ Z -e
fNJ
BnA
.meBnA Bmie ,pie
na JmA
B ,IjA
A N
|AjBI
.BziB

PjyC
AA AgG -X

I IAj
.FIA FIA
e -_
m

.EjA IC -

BVA
.jU yBA Dm -k

jY
VA
:BNA BbA
BA

if C jZBI
BIj BmA y -2
-1

.MB........Ah
-2
........OUi
.fVnA

-3
.AfNV..........Z

hM...........
.g -4
ZN.............-5
.LA

peBnA
pifA
THE SIXTH LESSON
mA
LjA :SBRA A
v
SECTION THREE: The Declinable Noun

mA
LjA
:B
n :Z
,(fm) ,MA LBJmA
nNA BJJm
o B ,jv
-C
FU) afM

,fm :M C R ,NA TRA PBjZA C Y .BN

Pij ,Afm
.(fnI OCi
B
.BB C ,nNA
fYA LBJmA
-L
j
,jv
B
BJJm
B ,BYN
,NA afM
jnA
.j y
jVA C Y
The Declinable Noun (Al-Ismul- Mu'rab) is of two types:

The Fully-Declinable Noun (jv
), is that word not possessing two of the nine
Sa'eed. (This type of
following reasons (which obstructs full-declension), as in: fm

noun) is referred to as Mutamakkin (N
). Its rule is that the three types of vowels

along with Tanween (M
FU
Sa'eed
) may be entered upon it, like your saying: fm

came to me; Afm

I saw Sa'eed; fnI
OCi Pij
I passed by Sa'eed.
j
), is that word possessing two of the nine
The Partially-Declinable Noun (jv
reasons which obstruct full-declension or (it possesses) one reason that stands in
the place of two. Its rule is that Kasrah and Tanween are not entered upon it. In the

genitive state (jVA (vowelled with Fathah),
) it will be Maftuh as has been mentioned.

k KjNA VA
VA
jA
SDNA uA fA : nNA LBJmA

: B BvM
.BMfAlA
A A
A
) Being a noun having
The nine reasons which obstruct full-declension are: (fA

) Being a
) Being a naturally descriptive noun; (SDNA
undergone transformation; (uA

) Being a noun of foreign origin; (VA
)
) Being a definite noun; (VA
feminine noun; (jA
) Being a noun on the
k
Being a plural noun; (KjA) Being a compound noun; (A

A
pattern of a verb and (BMfAlA
A ) Being a noun possessing the extraneous Alif and
Their details are as follows:
Nun.

I jaC

jM
.A
u
G uA
Nu

A jM

:fA -1

:n
QQ
,QG
QG)

Y
.(QQ f
B (TQ ,R) :Z ,ZM -C
I U SY ,j)
:Z -L
,jfM
(jAk fA
jB) B
if (jk

A
,BRA ,A
uA

NV
fA C g .jvA

k
.uC A
NV

) Transformation. It is the changing of a word from its original pattern to
1. (fA
another pattern without a change in the meaning. Transformation is of two types:
) Verifiable, as in: R

Two by two; TQ Three by three. They are both
(ZM
QG
transformed verifiably from: QG and: QQ
QQ
.

(jfM 'Umar; jk Zufar. Whereas transformation is estimated
) Estimated, as in: j
from: jB
and: jAk
with regard to the perspective of obstruction of full-declension.
From that, it is known that in the first type, it may be combined with a descriptive word

(uA ) and combined with a proper name (A ) in the second type. Primarily,

k).
transformation is not combined with a word on the pattern of a verb (A

G ,jv

j (iC emC) H ,yA

uC Bu C jq :uA -2

jv (IiC
nI Pij)
: (IiC)
.uA Z mA

BNBu AiBu

A
uA

uA NV .uA
f A
k u
C

.uC
) A Descriptive Word. Its condition is that the word is descriptive in its original
2. (uA

are partially-declinable, due to their
formulation. Therefore, (the words:) iC emC
origin in being descriptive although
they have both became the names of snakes.

The word IiC in your saying: IiC
nI Pij I passed by four women, is fully-declinable

with it being descriptive, on the pattern of a verb and lacking being originally

descriptive. Primarily, a descriptive word is not combined with a proper name (A
).

Ah (B
B ,A
Z) :Z ,B C jq :FNBI SDNA -3
Bm G A
SA
Q .(Kk)

:R ,SDM

B U
S
e
BQQ B
:Z ,JJnA VC
KU G ,bA
U (f) eU ju kV j
,mA
B jm
.(iU ,Kk) ,
:Z

,NJC ju N (EjY) :Z ,efA ,(JY) :Z ,ivA SDNA
BI

SC D
,l
SDNA :JJnA B

.Mj
B
A

SDNA

3. (FNBI ) Feminine with Ta. Its condition is that it be a proper name (B), as in:

Z Talhah;
B
Fatimah. Likewise, is the (feminine) in meaning. It is that which is
made a proper name for a female without the sign of the feminine, like: Kk

Zainab. The (feminine) in meaning, if it is a three-lettered noun with an unvowelled
middle-letter and is a non-foreign word, its full-declension is permissible with the

existence of two reasons (obstructing full-declension), as in: f Hind, otherwise,
Saqar; B
its obstruction from full-declension is required, as in: Kk Zainab; jm
Jaur.
and iU
Mah

), as in: JY
A Pregnant;
Feminine words ending with the Shortened Alif (ivA
Red-faced
and the Elongated Alif followed by Hamzah (efA ), as in: EjY
A
(woman), are partially-declinable because Alif stands in place of two reasons:

femininity (SDNA
) and its requirements. It is as if such a word has been made
feminine twice.9

:jA
.A -4
j jJN
:R ,uA NVM
G BI jvA

AjIG
.fYC

) The Definite Noun. Only being a proper name (A

4. (jA ) is taken into
consideration in obstructing full-declension. It is combined with (a word) other than a

descriptive noun, as in: AjIG

Ibrahim; fYC Ahmad.

mC

mA
?LjA n Bn -1

R
,jvA
. mA j -2
Ii
RC jvA j j

jg ,jvA
LBJmC ef ,FmA
-3
.B

.RC BnC I ,jvA
jg A FmA fA -4
j

g I ?fA
.BRI NV
nNA LBJmA
C -5

j
jg
.BR jq I ?jvA
FmA uA B -6
FmA
.h j
R ,jvA SDN jq jgC -7
B R mA
kV
?ju B AgG -8
.KVM Bm B A SA
KJm B -9
jvA
?A

ivA
?efA BI SDNA jvA f KJm B -10

:iBM
KJm

:B jvA VA
I ,BNA jvA
j FmA XjbNmG -C
Ejza
.EjY FJJA
-1
R
.R fVnA Xja
vA -2
lY
.Fjk

Om -3

J
.jz Ah -4
jrI
.BYBVI -5
OYj

B
.ilA OUja -7

.jv
IiC Bju KJm I jv j FmC IiC jgC -2

pifA
IBnA
THE SEVENTH LESSON

jvA
LBJmC
NM
The Completion of the Reasons Which Prevent Full-Declension

AfAk VA
,jYC
:Z QQ j)
,(IjA B M C Bjq :VA -5

,BVC jv
,() :Z ,mA
(BV)_ BQQ
jZN C ,(BmG
AjIG)

o
n
mA
.B ( `) ,I
Bjv

) A foreign word. Its condition is that it must be a proper noun () in a
5. (VA

Ibrahim;
Non-'Arabic foreign language and has more than three letters, as in: AjIG
BmG

Isma'eel. Or it is a three lettered word with the middle letter being vowelled, as in:
Lamak. Therefore, BV is fully-declinable (even) with it being a foreign word because it is

not a proper name. ( `) are fully-declinable due to the vowelless middle consonant in
both.

BjY

VA C fI C ,VA
N u C jq :VA -6
:Z
,(\IBv) ,FN
IB

Bm
j BmC jYC QQ

C ,(LAe
:Z
,fUBn)
,BjZN

Bu)
(kAj
VA
BNA :JJnA
B
B BzC .FNA
BJ
Bjv
G
U
,jnNA
D

.Mj
U jaC j V C
) The Plural. Its condition is that it must be the ultimate plural form (VA
6. (VA ).10
N

Mosques; LAe
It is that after the Alif of plural, there are two vowelled letters, as in: fUBn A
riding-animal. Or after the Alif of the plural, there are three letters with the middle letter
being unvowelled and (the word is) unable to accept (the feminine) Ta, as in: \IBv
.

and kAj are both fully-declinable due to their acceptance of the (feminine)
Surely, Bu
11 The plural also stands in the place of two reasons: being plural and its obstacle to
Ta.
being an (ultimate) plural at one time and at another time, a broken plural. Then, it is as if
were being made plural twice.

(A fJ) G ,(JI) :Z ,eBmG ByG I B C jq :KjNA -7

G ,By
.eBm (BBj LBq)
J jv
) A Compound. Its condition is that it must be a proper name without annexation
7. (KjNA

Ba'labakk. 12 Surely, A fJ
), as in: JI
is fully-declinable due to
(ByA
) or ascription (eBmA

LBq
is (totally) indeclinable (J
) due to ascription.
annexation and BBj
A
A
:BMfAlA
:Z
,Aj) ,B mA
A ,mA
G Bjq
BNB -8
C Bjr

G .B

,vA BNB o OJ mA jv (Afm) .(BR

jv
.(Bf) eU (Bf) ,(r Ajr) :Z , BR

A
8. (BMfAlA
A ). The extraneous Alif and Nun.
Their condition is that if they occur in a
'Imran; 'Uthman
noun, then the noun must be a proper name (), as in: Aj BR . The
is fully-declinable because it is the name of a plant not a proper name. If (the
word Afm
are in an adjective, then its condition is that its feminine (form) not be (on
Alif and Nun)
. The word Bf is fully-declinable due to the
, as in: Ajr and r
the pattern of)

existence of: Bf .

wNb C jq :A k -9
C KV I wNb G ,(jq ,Ljy)
:Z ,BI

jr
KM
.(oUj

:Z
fYC)
af ,iBzA
,FA jY C
fYG

.( FNA J
B) jv
()

,VA
,KjNA ,A
,FNBI

SDNA ,A

jNr B C A

B .BMfAlA A
A
, jaE KJm
NUA _ ,g jNr hA mA

k fA
.jvG Mj AgG ,A :

k) Pattern of a verb. Its condition is that it must be (a pattern) exclusive to the
9. (A
,Ljy
verb, as in: jq . If it is not exclusive to the verb, then, it is required that one of the

jY is not
Particles of the Present-Tense (iBzA ) be in its beginning and that the Ha
entered upon it,13 as in: fYC

Ahmad;
Yashkur; KM
Taghlib; oUj
jr Narjis. The word

B
as in their saying:
is fully-declinable due to its acceptance of (the feminine) Ta, A
work camel.14

the
Know that all of that in which a proper name is conditional are: the feminine with Ta;
feminine in meaning; the foreign word; the compound and the noun which has the
extraneous Alif and Nun. That which is not conditional but is combined with another
reason only are: transformation and pattern of a verb. When you make them indefinite,
they are fully-declinable.

:M ,fYA
KJm

FJ
BRA
nA
BC ,KJm
I
mA

FJ
A
nA
BC
Z
FU)

fYC
.(jaE B ,jaE
fYC
j j Z
B ,jaE
As for the first group, the nouns remain without a reason (preventing full-declension). As

for the second group, they remain with one reason. You can say: jaE Z Z FU Talhah

came with another Talhah;
jaE j j B 'Umar stood with another 'Umar; jaE fYC fYC B
Ahmad
stood with another Ahmad
.
Nae
A ae
fYDI
Pij :Z ,jVA BY jnA C ,yC AgG jv
B

.(jYBI

Each of that which is partially-declinable, when it is annexed (in an Idafah) (of
or the Lam
the Definite Article) has been entered
upon it, Kasrah may be entered upon it in the
genitive state, as in: jYBI
fYDI
Pij I passed by your Ahmad
and by the red.

ubA

:
LjA mA

fYA
KJm
LBJmC BJJm
:jv
jvA
C ,nNA o B -1

TRA
.NA PBjZA afM ,BB
B fYA
KJm C ,nNA
LBJmA
hA
NUA
BJJm

:jv j -2

jnA
afM ,JJnA
.NA

:jvA nNA
LBJmA

-3
SDNA uA -2 fA -1
-5
VA
-6 VA -4
jA
A
A
BMfAlA
-9 k -8
A KjNA -7

:mC
jq B -1
R ?jvA
.h A

VA

RC
.h jgC ?mA BQQ
Bm B AgG VA mA jvA
-2

.jvA VA jq I -3

R ?JJnA
.h B VA KJm -4
eBmA B AgG -5
.BRI
g \y ?jvA C ByBI KjNA
B ?mA
Bjq jvA A A

R ?vA jq B -6

.h
hA KJm
.A
k mA
jvA
jq jgC -7

jvM
AgG SA -8
g \y ?AgB ?j
.BRI kV
AgG fA

?j mA AjvA kV AgB -9
u

g \y ,VA
.BRI
N B -10

:iBM

.B R ,A
B jNrM NA
jvA
LBJmC ef-C
j
VA
:BNA jvA
A ,jvA
A FmA XjbNmG -L

G Kk
.mifA PFU -1

.wY PjBm
G -2
Bf
.vA -3
OCi

BC -4
.Br
OJA
BI ieC
. C -5

A
iB
.fVnA KR -6

.AjR Bq JBvA
PCj -7
jvA
B
:FmA KJm
B jgA A jvA
FmA -3
,B
,Bi ,fj
,AjIG
,jIiBe ,AC

,B
,V ,B
,eBu
,jBU
.jVq ,F ,\IBv
,jm
,re ,Bn

R ,jvA

mA
JJnA B B
fYA

NA LBJmA ef -4

.B

pifA
BRA
THE EIGHTH LESSON
FmA
jA fvA
:A
)
THE FIRST AIM: The Nominative Nouns (PBjA

:BnC
BQ

The Nominative Nouns are of eight types:

1- Verbal Subject (BA
)

)
2- The Object whose subject is not mentioned (B hA
n A

) and Predicate (jJbA
3 & 4- The Nominal Subject (CfNJA )
) and her sisters (BMAaC
5- The Predicate of (G
G jJa
)
) and her sisters (BMAaC mG )
6- The noun of (B B

B)
7- The noun of (B) and () resembling (o ) - (oI
NJrA

8- The Predicate of () which is for negating the collective noun (oVA )
NA

BA
:A nA

B ,fBa ,G
B) :Z
B ,IC fBa fn I Jq
,A C , J mA

,Ajz C (fm Kg) :Z ,B Aj ,j fI
B .(AfBa fm iAk
,Lv
I
iAk fBa)
.(Afm :Z BzC B BfN B G ,(Kg fm) :Z

,Ajz
:Z fI
fm) C (fm Kg) :Z ,B Aj ,j
B

.(Afm iAk fBa)
:Z ,Lv I BzC B BfN B G ,(Kg

FIRST TYPE: The Verbal Subject

The verbal subject (BA
) is every noun having a verb preceding it or a verb's likeness
(by which the verb's) action is established
while ascribing (the action) to the verbal
fBa iAk
subject, as in: B Khalid
stood; IC B
fBa
Khalid's father is standing; AfBa
fm B
.
Sa'eed did not visit Khalid
), like:
It is a requirement for each verb to have a nominative subject, be it apparent (j
Kg Sa'eed left; or concealed (jz
fm ), like: Kg fm
Sa'eed, he left.15 If it is a transitive

verb, it will also have an accusative object (I A ), like: Afm Khalid
iAk fBa visited
Sa'eed.
pie
AflA
pie)
,fk :Z
,AfIC
H
,(flA
pie fY ,AjB
A BmA BA B

:Z
AflA) R ,(pie

,R
fk)
:Z
,fYAA B
A ,Ajz
fY
BA
B G
flA) :V
:Z
.(Amie V ,(Bmie
pie
), the verb is always made singular, as in: fk
If the subject is an apparent noun (jB

pie (The) Zaids studied. If the
pie (The two) Zaids studied; flA
Zaid studied; AflA
Zaid
fk
subject is concealed, the verb is made singular for the singular subject, as in: pie
AflA
studied; it is made dual for the dual subject, as in: Bmie
the two Zaid studied and
The Zaids studied.
flA
made plural for the plural subject, as in: Amie

jh B
,BY G
G AfIC A SC ,PBAZA

AkHI
fU BR BA B

,SDNA OB) ,BA
pie) :Z jhNA kBU ,vN G ,(f :Z

A
I
vA

:M Oq G ,(f A
SA
j SDNA jhNA
kV h ,(f A Omie)
B AgG Ah ,(orA

Bf A ) :O Oq G ,(orA O) :Z ,ZA
jnNA
SB
j U .(O orA) :Z ,A SC AjaDN B AgG ,BA
BC

,BUjA
.(BUjA OB B) :M ,ZA

), and it is that whose male counterpart
S
If the subject is a genuine feminine (Y
exists among animals, then the subject is always made feminine, if a separation does not
Hind stood. If (the verb and
occur between the verb and the subject, as in: f OB
subject) are not connected, (making the verb) masculine and feminine are both
permissible, as in: f A
A
pie Hind studied today. If desired, you could say: f
Omie
Hind studied today. Likewise, the masculine and feminine are permissible in the
S
j
non-genuine feminine (Y
The sun rose. If you desire, you
O
), as in: orA

The sun rose. This is when the verb precedes the subject. Regarding
could say: orA
orA
when (the verb) is placed after (the subject), the verb is made feminine, as in: O
U
) is like the non-genuine feminine, you would
The sun rose. The Broken Plural (jnNA

The men stood.
say: BUjA
B The men stood; BUjA
OB

m
,(n jv)
:Z a ,iv
,oJA B
AgG A

BA

fM KV

:Z
BB Em
, C iv j
f KUM
,oJA

OB AgG BA
A
fM

kV

.(fm AfBa jv ,Z jRA C)
) :Z
,j
hY Ah (?FU :B LAU
(fm) OB SY A hY kV

BC) :B LAU () :Z

,B
(?fk A
BA
16
It is required to place the verb before the object when there are two Maqsur nouns and
confusion is feared, as in: n
m Musa helped 'Isa. It is permissible to place the
jv
object before the subject when an indication eliminates confusion, whether they (the

nouns or not, as in: Z jR C Yahya

subject and object) both be two Maqsur ate a

pear; fBU
jv Khalid
Afm helped Sa'eed.
It is permissible to elide the verb wherever there is an indicator (of its meaning), as in:
Sa'eed, (which is said) in reply to he who had said: FU
fm Who came? Likewise, the

subject and verb may be elided together, like: Yes, (which is said) in reply to he who

had said: fk BC Did Zaid stand?

B
n B :BRA nA
.(fm
:BzC
jv)
KB
BA n B A C B hY

B pB
Oj
.BA jhM
RDM U
NRM Y
fYM
SECOND TYPE: The Object Whose Subject Is Not Mentioned
It is each object whose subject is elided and the object is put in (the subject's) place. It is
KB
also called the Proxy-Subject (BA ), as in: fm Sa'eed was helped. Its rule in the
jv
singularity of its verb and its being dual; plural; masculine and feminine is based on that
which you are aware regarding the subject.17

ubA
;jJbA
;CfNJA
G jJa
;BMAaC
;BA

KB

;BA FmA
:BQ PBjA

.oVA
NA () jJa ;(o)_I NJrA ( B) mA ;BMAaC B mA
.jy

C jB
mA
.G
fn A

I Jq
C fI mG :BA

,A

BfN C BkBV
C
BY BR
BA AgG A
B
SDM KV SDM
:A

BY
BR
BA AgG jhNA kV
.BkBV
BR C A v B SDNA
B ,j
kV
jA

PfU AgG G
BA

A kV :hY BA
fM fM

A
.B BhY

hY

BA
.hZA
B
C KB
:BA

:mC

PBjA
.FmA ef
-1
R
.

,BA j -2
AC ef
-3
.B RC jg

BA

.h R ?B Aej A Bv N -4
g \y ?BA

:RDI A IB N -5

-6
.B RC jg A
jhM SDM eiA jgC

R ?iv
mA

B
g kV
?BA

A
kV N -7
fM

.

.h R ?N ?A hY kV -8
g jgC

eAjG
.BR ?n AgB ?BA
B A N -9

NRM
?U BA
fYM KB Y B -10

:iBM

VA
:BNA I A
JB
BA
XjbNmG-C
18.{BvA

KN} -1

A
19.{\NA jv FU AgG} -2

.nZA
6nA
LARI jUkC -3

.ifu

I j
ifu jrA fvYC -4

.vA Kk PeC -_5
j -6
.LBNA
.6nA
K -7

BJB
. A UA ,BNA
VA BA -L
hYG

.YBNA
OC -C
O
.jJbA -L
PBA OU

KN
.A h -X

.KUAA
-e

.KUAA -_
eC
BbA
BJB
VA
:MA BA

I
C
,BA C B
y -X
-1
.........Ljq
jNZ
.........KBA
-2
-3
.pifA.......KN
-4
.j .........M

lN
.A -_5
.......lM
20.{ANvC AgG }
ANmB........j
-6
.fVnA -7
.........u

pifA
mBNA
THE NINTH LESSON
CfNJA
jJbA SBRA
:IAjA
nA

THIRD & FOURTH TYPE: The Subject and the Predicate

n fn ,A

,I fn ,CfNJA
BRA G BfYC BmA
AejV
AA B
B
,
.AfNIA
B
jA ,(A fm)
:Z ,jJbA n
They are nouns devoid of any literal word government. One of them having ascription
made to it, and it is named the Mubtada (nominal subject). The second is ascribed to (the

subject) and it is named the Khabar (predicate), as in: A Sa'eed is standing.
fm

,CfNJ M C kBU Ou AgG jA ,j
C jJbA
uC ,j
C CfNJA uC

UiC :Z ,jaE UI OvvbM AgG Ah {jr

ja
}
fJ
:BM
:Z

. m ,Ui iAfA

`j , Aja fYC B ?CjA C iAfA
,BA
The principle of the Mubtada is that it is definite. The principle of the Khabar is that it
indefinite. The indefinite noun is permissible to occur as a Mubtada when it is modified
ja
(by an adjective), as in the Exalted's saying: {jr }
fJ "Certainly a believing
servant is better than an idolater." 21 Likewise, when it is particularized from another

perspective (it is also permissible), for example: CjA C UiC Is there a man in the
iAfA

house or a woman?; ja fYC B There is no one better than you; BA
`j Great

iAfA
m Peace be upon
happiness embraced the family; Ui In the house is a man;
you.22

B ,AjJa
BB G .j CfNJ jA
jA UB
j jaA j
mA fYC B G

A

u fZ ,BIC eE ,B_G A) :R ,AjJa jaA CfNJ Oq BC UB Nj

E
.(BJ
If one of the two nouns are definite and the other is indefinite, make the definite noun the
Mubtada and the indefinite noun the Khabar. If the two nouns are both definite, you can

A
make either of the two the Mubtada and the other the Khabar, like: B_G Allah is our

God; BIC
fZ
A u
eE Adam is our father; BJ E Muhammad (S) is our Prophet.

,jq C ,(IC B fk) :Z , C ,(Bu IC fm) :Z ,mA U jJbA f

N
jA fm
,a fBa) :Z
,j
.(iAfA

C ,(jD FU G fm) :Z

,A uA
A jA
B ifA ,(jNmG) : ,jRA
f VI

fm) (iAfA
jfM
jNmA
.(iAfA fm)

U
Sometimes the Khabar will be a nominal sentence (mG IC fm
), as in: Bu Sa'eed's

father is fasting; or a verbal sentence ( U), as in: IC B fk Zaid's father stood; or a

conditional sentence (jq U), as in: jD
FU
G fm
If Sa'eed comes to me, then I will

honor him; or an adverbial sentence (j U), as in: a fBa
Khalid is in behind you; and

iAfA Sa'eed is in the house. The adverb (j
fm ) is associated with a sentence with
most scholars. The adverbial (meaning is derived from the estimated verb) jNmG To to

settle, reside, stay, as this estimated verb is the governing agent (B ) in the adverb.
Therefore, your saying: iAfA Sa'eed is in the house, estimates: iAfA
fm
fm
jNmG

Sa'eed stays in the house.

hY
G e jJbA
f kV ,j B (FA)_
,CfNJA fI
VA jy
fN C ,(Aie
f .
QRI ZA ,ifI
jJbA A A
JA ) :Z ,j eU
iBJaDI
,jR fYAA M
CfNJ C kV .(fY iAfA
)
:Z ,Bj
B G CfNJA

.(B B
yB :Z
fm)

U
) which refers back to the
A pronoun is required in the informative sentence (jJa

(B ,) in that which has passed (jD
Mubtada, like the Ha

FU

G fm IC fm
;Bu ). It is
permissible to elide the pronoun with the existence of an indication (of its meaning)
JA
sentence, as in: ifI Milk is an Awqiyah for a dirham Aie
QRI A Wheat
A ZA

ZA
is a Kilo for three dirham, in other words: A . At times, if the Khabar is an
iAfA

adverb (j ), the Khabar is placed before the Mubtada, as in: fY In the house is

Hameed
. It is permissible for a single Mubtada to have numerous Khabar, as in: yB
fm

B Sa'eed is reasoning, knowledgeable, virtuous.
B
,A
:Z jY
fI O u
G fnI
o
CfNJA jaE Bn
BZ
C A

jM
,BNmA
C ,(fm UAi
C jq ,(?fk B ?fBa eBC)
:Z jY fI B)
,fI

AjB

BBuC) bI
(?UjA

BuC ,UjA

Bu B) :Z BmA vA M
jJa
(BBu)_ kBU
NRM B G
j uA H
,(?UjA
f mA
,fI jBA

CfNJ
.ja
(UjA)
Know, that with some scholars of Nahw, there is another kind of Mubtada which has no
UAi B
ascription to it. It is the adjective occurring after a particle of negation, as in: fm
Sa'eed is not returning; (or the adjective occurs) after interrogation, as in: fBU
eB
C Is

Khalid arriving? fk B
Is Zaid standing? Its condition is that this adjective gives the
Bu
nominative state to an apparent noun following it, as in: UjA

B The two men are not

BuC
fasting; UjA BBuC
Are the two men fasting? In contrast to: UjA Are two fasting
(ones) the two men? The descriptive word does not give the nominative state to an
apparent noun following it. Otherwise, its dual would not be permissible, then (BBu
) is
) is the Mubtada placed after (its Khabar).
the Khabar advanced and (UjA

ubA

AA
CfNJ .A
B
afM f U B DNM BmG :jJbA CfNJA
AgG jBI
C uI
.Z OvvbM

e

VA
jy jJbA
fI (jq ,j , ,mG)
U ej :jJbA

BNmA
BAi A fI A u CfNJA f .fYA CfNJ jJbA efN f .CfNJA

AjB
.fI BmA

:mC

.B R jJbA
CfNJA j -1
.g `jqG
?A B -2
eAjA
ABI

.RDI
g I ?jJbA CfNJA uA B -3
g I ?jBI
N-4

.RDI AfNIA
kV

RC
.f AC ef
jJbA -5
R
. fBA
?jJbA jzA N
l -6
N -7
g \y ?fBA
.BRI hY kV
jzA
g `jqG

eAjG
.RC
?CfNJA
jJbA
fM kV N -8

eAjG
.RC g `jqG ?jq CfNJA
B uA B -9

R ? C fYA
.h CfNJ jJbA efN -10

:iBM

MD
.VA jJbA
jJbA CfNJA XjbNmG
-C
Mj
A
.a -1
jrI
.U A -2
flM
.BA Aj -3
EjA
BQ BA
.hA -4

.BiBI BnBI
iAjG KBI j BA -5
K
.OJA A

-6

VA
:BNA BbA BJmB
BA AjJa C CfNJ y -2
-1
.........LBNA

.ffU........... -2
...........fm -3

.........gBNmA -4
-5
.........pifA
y..........
.f -6

.trI......... -7
: B LjC -X

.f l BA -1
By
.A
ZA -2

G
.UC Ba jA o -3

.Ij JYA f -4
.jM jzM jM BfA-5


jqBA

pifA
THE TENTH LESSON

The Remaining Nominative Nouns PBjA
I
:oBbA
G jJa
BMAaC nA

and her sisters
FIFTH TYPE: The Khabar of G

.BI
JrA jZA nM ( _ O D C)

The sisters of are: ( O D C). They are called the Particles Bearing
_

jZA
).
Resemblance To A Verb (BI
JrA

jJbA
jM ,B BmA ,CfNJA KvM ,jJbA

CfNJA afM jZA h

Z jJa
Y
jJa
j A U C Aej
(G)
.(B AfY G) :Z ,B AjJa
iAfA
G)

,Bj
.(fm :Z B AgG G
BmA
kV ,CfNJA
fM
These particles are entered upon the Mubtada and Khabar making the Mubtada
accusative, then it becomes a noun (governed by the particle). It makes the Khabar

nominative, then it becomes a Khabar (governed by the particle), as in: B G Surely
AfY
Hameed is standing. The rule of the Khabar of (G ) in its being singular, a sentence or

indefinite word is like the rule of the Khabar of the Mubtada. It is not permissible to place
the Khabar before its noun except when it is an adverb, as in: fm
iAfA

G Surely in the
house is Sa'eed.

BMAaC
B mG :peBnA
nA

SIXTH TYPE: The Noun Of B And Her Sisters

N B Ak
B Ài ,Af eB ,~E PBI ZyC nC \JuC iBu

BA nM ,`jI B o Ae B A B
.vBA
) are:
The sisters of (B

B N B Ak B Ài ,Af eB ,~E PBI ZyC nC \JuC iBu)

B o Ae B A
(`jI

KvM
B BmA B CfNJA jN ,jJbA
CfNJA afM vBA BA h

,B AjJa

,BFmC
BiBJaC
A kV
fM .(BB
fBa B) :Z ,jJbA

,(Ài) G
:Z (B) BA

o BiBJaC

fM

kV B ,(fBa BB B) :Z
.(fm :B ,(B) C B g kV

Ak
(o) B BB) ,(fm B BB)
A BI

.BM nA
A Fq G BRA BA
MD

h

.a
These defective verbs are entered upon the Mubtada and the Khabar. They give the
nominative state to the Mubtada in being (the verb's) noun. It gives the accusative state

to the Khabar and it becomes a Khabar for (the defective verb), as in: BB
B Khalid
fBa
was standing. In all verbs, it is permissible to place (the verb's) Khabar before (the verb's)

BB
noun, as in: fBa
B Khalid was standing. Just as it is permissible to place the Khabar
) to (Ài), as in: fm BB
before the verbs themselves (ranging from) the verb (B B Sa'eed
was standing. That is not permissible in the verbs in whose beginning is (B). Therefore,

AkB
you do not say: fm . Regarding (o ), there are differences (of opinion). The
BB
remaining discussion regarding these verbs will come in the second part, if God, the
Exalted, wills.

NJrA
(o)_I ( B) mG :IBnA
nA

SEVENTH TYPE: The Noun Of (B) and () Bearing Resemblance To (o )

,(o) M
jJbA

fk B) :Z
zC Ui ,BB
CfNJA afM
B

() wNbM
.uBa PAjBI jA
jA (B) afM
.(
They are entered upon the Mubtada and Khabar and they govern with the same

government as (o ). ex.BB
fk B Zaid is not standing; zC Ui There is no man
more noble than you. (B) is entered upon the definite noun and the indefinite while () is
particular to indefinite nouns.
BA
:BRA
nA

() jJa
oV
EIGHTH TYPE: The Khabar Of () Used For Negating The Collective Noun

Ui
.(B
) :Z ,AjNmA
Jm

BfI
AA

jJbA
oVA
fM
It indicates the denial of the Khabar, in a comprehensive manner, with regard to the
) (signified in the word) occurring after (), as in: B
collective genus (oVA
Ui No man is
standing.

:ubA

:PBjA
I

BA
.(vBA mG) =
BMAaC B mG -1
jZA

.(BI
JrA jJa) =
BMAaC G jJa -2
NJrA
.(o)_I () (B) mG -3
BA
-4
() jJa
.oV

:mC

.BRI
B R (G)
PAaC
jgA jgC
?BMAaC (G)
B -1

.RDI
g \y ?BMAaC (G) jJa Y B -2

.M B R BMAaC
?BmA (G) jJa
fM kV -3

.f B
RC BA ef
jgA ,vBA -4

I -5
RDI g `jqG ,(o)_I JrA () oVA NA () jJa I jA

.f

.RDI
g \y ?BmA
BMAaC (B) jJa fM
kV -6

.h RC
BjgC ?B BjJa fN C kV NA BA B -7
vBA

:iBM

:B VA
,BNA jA XjbNmG
FmA

-C

pie -1
.Ku

.AlJa VA
iBu -2
23.{mA
A
f fA G} -3
_ Ah -4
g
.L KBA
BVA

. O -5

.AfV
KBA Ak B -6

.r BIC -7

:MD
B LjC -L
-1
j
.VB
24.VA

LAIC

LBI eBVA

G -2

. mA
`jI B -3

Ui -4
.AfB

25.{fJ

Ii B } -5
I

eBZA
jr
pifA
THE ELEVENTH LESSON

fvA
IvA FmA :BRA
THE SECOND AIM: The Accusative Nouns
They are twelve types:

A
)
)
Mutlaq
1. Maf'ul (A Bihi (I A
2. Maf'ul

)
Feehi ( A
3. Maf'ul Lahu ( A
4. Maf'ul )

Ma'ahu (
5. Maf'ul )
A (BZA )
6. Hal
7. Tamyeez (lNA

) )
8. Mustathna (RNnA

) and her sisters

9. The Khabar of (B ) and her sisters
10. The noun of (G

11. Accusative with () used for negating the collective noun

12. The Khabar of (B) and () which resemble (o )

A A :A nA

BJ
m A } :Z ,fDN
,{BM jh ,J ih I ifv

.(PBnU C NnU C nU OnU) :Z ,efA BJ ,{BU BJY BA JZM } :Z ,A

,AkAU j
B hZ f ,(BmU Pf) :Z
,A
f
j

iBJNHI
C uA ,zM
Nifv
,Bf
mA (ja)_ Of C ,(f
ja)

:eB

,BIU
.(Bm ,Ajq) :Z
,Bm .(Bf) C (f) ,G
BzA

SECTION ONE: Maf'ul-Mutlaq
It is a Masdar
in the meaning of the verb mentioned before it. It is mentioned for

emphasis; as in: {BM
m A }"And to Musa (AS), Allah addressed His Words
26
speaking (to him)." Or (the Masdar
is mentioned) to clarify the type (genus) of
27
something; as in: {BU } "And you love wealth with exceeding love."
BJY BA JZM Or (it

C NnU
is mentioned) to clarify the number (of something), as in: (PBnU

C nU OnU)I sat
a sitting or two sittings or a number of sittings.

I sat some
Mutlaq
Sometimes, the Maf'ul is a word different than the verb, as in: BmU Pf
sittings. Sometimes, its verb is permitted to be elided due to an indicator (conveying its
Your arrival was the best
meaning). For example, your saying to the new arrival: f
ja

You came as an arrival. Then (ja
) is a Superlative
of arrivals. In other words: Bf Of

mG) and its Masdar-qualities
Noun (zNA are for consideration of the (word) described or

that which is annexed to it (in Idafah), meaning (f
) or (Bf).

It is required, at times, (to elide the verb, that being) according to usage, as in: Ajq

Thanks!; Bm May Allah soothe your thirst. 28

I A nA
:BRA

fN f (Afk OjC) :Z
Aj jv) :Z ,BA
,BA

mA

j B hZ f ,(fk
:
27 A

lC C , {Aja AB Ii lC EgB} jA (Aja) :BM ,AkAU -C

.Aja

.mB Bm
AJA BC :yA IiC ,BIU -L

Bihi
THE SECOND SECTION: The Maf'ul
Bihi (the simple verbal object) is the noun upon which the subject's action
The Maf'ul

occurs, as in: Afk OjC I honored Zaid. At times, it may be placed before its subject, as in:

Aj
fk jv Zaid helped 'Amr. Sometimes, its verb is elided due to the existence of an
indicator (signifying the verb's meaning). (The elision of the verb is either):

Permissible (AkAU), like in the Exalted's saying (Aja
) in the noble verse:
29
{Aja AB Ii lC EgB} "What is it that your Lord has revealed? They say: Good."

Meaning: Aja lC He revealed good.
) in four situations, the first of which is according to usage and the
Required (BIU
remainder are according to rules:

C ,{
,n e C ,(n CjG) :Z :A
ANG Aja ANG}

C B

OMC C (m C) . Aja _A
AfvA AfY
,SRNA

.A
hZI
B BZ ,m BB OMC
jNqA

First: as in: n Leave him and himself (alone); {
CjG Aja "Desist, it
ANG}

is better for you." 30 Meaning desist from (the idea of) the Trinity and unify

God and pursue goodness for yourselves; m C Meaning you have
come to a people who are like family and attained a place of ease, and
others similar to these from that which is well-known in eliding the verb.
C ,fmA

iAjM
ihZA n :BRA
:uC ,fmA BC :R ,jhZNA
R

,ifA A jhZNA

,M) LBI BB
,(jA :Z ,
jA)

,ihYA
.(cA...KVM

BC Beware of the lion! Its origin being: n
Second: Warnings, like: fmA

fmA
Protect yourself from the lion. Or that which is warned about is

repeated, as in: jA The road, the road. Therefore, the governing
jA

,ihYA
,M)
.
agent in a warning is an estimated verb, like: (cA...KVM

g A g Nr
,fI jh I jrI
jnM B jyC mG :SBRA
(NjC
Afk) ,Jv
:Z
SZI
H

JmB
C
m mA
,jzI
A
ihA
,fI jn
(OjC) ,hZ (Afk)
I Lv

.jR j LBJA
Ah .(NjC)

Third: A noun whose governing agent is concealed, with the condition of its
being explained by a verb mentioned after it. That verb is diverted from
(governing) that noun by its pronoun whereas if the verb governed it or its

appropriate (substitute), it would be accusative, as in: NjC Afk Zaid, I
. (The
honored him. Zaid is accusative due to an elided verb, it is: OjC

. For these
elided verb) is explained by the verb mentioned after it, it is: NjC
forms, there are numerous branches.

ubA
.A A

C
BBI C B AfDM
C
j fI jh ifv

BBI
.ef

.B C BMBJQG BA
mG :I A
B A

:j hY hY
kV :A

AkAU -C

Bm
AJA
.mB IiC BIU -L
BC ,yA

:mC
ef
AC A
,A
eAjG
.B RC -1
j

eAjG
RC
.Zy v g `jqG ?A
A
hZ N -2

?I A B -3

g
.RDI \y ?BA

I A fN N -4
g jgC

RC
.f ?A
hZ N -5

.IvA FmA ef
-6

R ?jhZNA
.h B -7

g \y ,BNqA
.BRI jgC
-8

:iBM

I A
VA
:BNA -C

31.{MjM EjA Mi } -1

32.{BU BJY BA JZM } -2

.vA A M -3

.aC jC -4
iBA
.iBA -_5
BIC -6
.NjC

I MA
PBjA
: BJmB y -L
Cj
..........fm -1

.fJ............ -2

..........CjG -3
OIeC
...........fA -4
.................OJN -5

.mifA........O -6
.................Pf-7

.MD B LjC -X
jC
.FA -1
OeC

.BBM EeC JUA -2
.pifA KNC -3

.ZA LBN PCj -4

.BmU Pf -5

r MfI
.yAi Or -6

BRA
jr pifA

THE TWELFTH LESSON

:BIU
eBA hZ B :IAjA

Fourth: Those (Expressions whose) Verb Is Elided As A Requirement:

The Munada ) / The Vocative
(eBA
B :Z

,(YNA
lA EfA
,C ,B ,BC ,B) :BNA jY f
fYHI
mA
,eC)
.(KC B B jY
EfA

.AfJ eC C ,(A fJ

.{Ah ~jC
m} :BM
:Z ,B EfA
jY hZ f
It is a noun summoned by one of the following Vocative Particles:

lA
(YNA ,C ,B ,BC ,B)

as in: A fJ B O 'Abdallah! Meaning: A fJ eC I am summoning 'Abdallah. The Vocative

). At times, the Vocative Particle is elided literally,
Particle stands in the place of (KC ,eC
m} 33
as in His, the Exalted's saying: {Ah ~jC
" Yusuf,
turn aside from this."
BnC
eBA

BnA G
:BNA
eBA n

J ,jA ejA -1
,A
B) :Z ,(fk ,zB
B) :Z ,jA
B) :Z
,QBNmA ,AA
B) :Z
\N ,(fl
BZHI I |b (fk ,(Afk

.(Afk B) :Z ,BC

Divisions Of The Vocative
The Vocative is divided into the following divisions:

1. (jA
ejA) The Singular Definite (noun) based upon the indicator of nominative
state, like Dammah,

as in: fk B O Zaid!; and Alif, as in: Afk B O (two) Zaids!; and Waw,

as in: fk B O Zaids!. The Munada is made genitive by Lam
al-Istighathah (for
seeking assistance) and made accusative with the Munada's annexation of

(Istighathah's) Alif, as in: fl
O Zaid! (Help); Afk B O Zaid (Help)!
jY I v
,S

(BNC) jh (BC)_I
EfA
BI Bj B G jA
eBA

.(CjA BNC B) (UjA BC B) :N
(the Definite Article), separation is
If the Singular Definite (noun) is defined with Lam
made between the Vocative Particle (and the Munada) with (BC ) for the masculine and

BNC B O women! 34
BC B O men!; CjA
(BNC ) for the feminine, as in: UjA
,Kv
,BzA
fJ
.(A B) :Z -2

B O 'Abdallah!
(first-term of an Idafah).
2. al-Mudaf It is accusative, as in: AfJ

G BzA
N B
I G

A
N
6q
I
vN C IBrA
,Bz
-3

.(JU BnY
B ,IeC
BB

B) R ,KvA Y ,G
BzBI
3. (The word) resembling al-Mudaf IBrA
(Bz ). It is that something is connected to it
which its meaning cannot be complete without it, just as the Mudaf
is not complete
Ilaihi. Its ruling is in the accusative, like: IeC BnY B O Excellent
except with its Mudaf

BB
in his manners! JU B O Ascending mountain!

ha Ui B) :A
.(fI R ,BzC KvA Y ,evA
j jA
-4

j
4. The Non-Specific Indefinite (evA ). Its ruling is also in the accusative, like
jA

B O man! Take my hand.
ha Ui
the saying of the blind: fI

ajM
:eBA

ByBI
Kj j B C jrI bN jaE
hY ,eBA ajM kV

B ,B
B M B ,SDNA
B :B FNI
BNb C ,jYC QQ AfAk
,eBmA
.B B ,w
B :BR B :iv

C zA
ajA

jaE kV B :B
,v
B ,iBY
.(iBY B) :TiBY
B M jZA FI
B uA

Contraction Of The Munada

The contraction of the Munada is permissible. It is an elision at its ending for lightening
(pronunciation) with the condition that it is:
A proper name;
);

Uncompounded with Idafah and attribution (eBmA

More than three letters;

Or it is ended with the Feminine Ta

Like you would say in (B B) B
B O Mali!; in Mansur (iv B) w B O Mansu!;
in

B) v
B O 'Usma!; in Fatimah B) B
(BR
'Uthman (B
B O Fatim!
It is permitted to contract the end of a word with Dammah,

or the original vowel remaining
B O Har!

(is also permitted), as you would say in Harith (TiBY
B) iBY
B or iBY

LfA
VNA

,BzC
C (B)_I LfA

NnM f ,EfA
jY
(B) C A

I jNr
EfA wNbM (A)_ ,(Afk A (Afk B) B ,(A)
(B) ,LfBI

.LfA
The Lamented
Know that although (B) is one of the Vocative Particles, it is also sometimes used to
address the lamented, (meaning) the one mourned, using (B) or (A), as it is said: Afk B or

Afk A O Zaid! The particle (A) is particular to the lamented while (B) is shared between the
vocative and lamented.

:ubA
,E ,B ,C ,C$

.#A ,B,BC : jYC
EfA ,EfA
jZI f mG :eBA
BnC
:eBA

J ,jA
.jA ejA-1

.BzA-2
IBrA-3
.Bz

j
.evA
jA-4
.(4,3,2) BnA eBA
Kv

C ByG
KjM Kj
j B B AgG bN jaE eBA
hZI aj :eBA ajM

FNI
.SDNA BNb BR C ,jYC QQ AfAk
,eBmG
EfA
I jNr
(A) ,LfA
(B) .(A)
C (B) _I

VNA :LfA

vNb
.LfBI

:mC
j-1
.eBA

jY
?EfA B-2
g \y ?eBA
BnC B-3

.RDI
?J Kv
eBA
N-4

.h R ?eBA Kv N-5
aj
?eBA ?ajNA
N B-6

R
jgC-7
,LfA
.

jZA B-8
R ?EfA
.h LfA
I jNrA B ,LfBI
wNbA
?uA

Lj jfM
?eBA

B-9

:iBM

:BNA
FmA eB
,BA
.BnA jC ,CjA
Li ,A
,aC

,Ui ,LC-C

:FI VA LfA eBA XjbNmG-L
, I ,BNA
G B ,YAjA
.BA B ,kAjA
YiC ja B-1

OIC B}-2
B A
35 {jM

ha Ui
.fI B-3
A-4
.B
.iBY
B-5

.BNIC B-6

36 {yj
UiA
yAi Ii G A
oA BNC B}-7
:MD

B LjC-X

TB
.RNnA B-1
.nZA
A BIC B-2
fJ
.AfZ A-3

37 {Bm iB B}-4
AejI

.BM fm-5

SBRA
jr pifA

THE THIRTEENTH LESSON

A :SBRA
nA

Feehi
The Third Section: Maf'ul

.Bj n ,BA
BlA

hA
A mA A
:

:n

BlA
j
,je)
.(Y ,
Z fY B
,J-1

.(m ,jq ,) Z , fY B ,efZ-2
Feehi: It is the noun which an action occurs upon in terms of time and place. It is
Maf'ul
termed adverbial.
j
) is of two types:
The Adverb of Time (BlA

). It is that there is no specified term, as in: je
1-Unquantified (J An age; Y A time.

). It is that which has a specific term, as in: A day; jq
A month; m

2-Quantified (efZ
A year.

C ,Ajq
je Aje Ou :M ,()
PjBm zNM

jA Iv
B

.jq
All of the Adverbs of Time are accusative based on being adverbial. They (all) signify the

meaning of (). You would say: Aje Ou I fasted for an period; Ajq PjBm I traveled for a
month, in other words, in (the span of a) period and in (the span of) a month.

.(BC
efZ a OnU) :R ,BzC Lv J ,h BA
j

,iAfA
,nA OnU) fI I ,()
:R ,()jg jfNI B
BIv

.(fVnA
) and also accusative, like:
j
The Adverb of Place (BA

), likewise is unquantified (J
). It is
BC a OnU I sat behind you and in front of you. (And it is also) quantified (efZ
not made accusative with the estimation of (). Rather, it is necessary to mention (),
nA I sat in the house and in the market and in the
like: fVnA iAfA
OnU
mosque.
A

:IAjA
nA

Lahu
The Fourth Section: The Maf'ul
C (BJeDM

NIjy) Z ,A

U
mA : A
Kv ,J ihA A
jfNI

C (BJU
.JV

LjZA

gBbNA
f) ,KeDN

Lahu: it is a noun which, due to it, an action mentioned before it occurs. It is
The Maf'ul

made accusative by the estimation of (),39 as in: BJeDM
NIjy I struck him as a discipline, in

f
The weak sat out from the
other words for the purpose of discipline; BJU LjZA
gBbNA
war out of fear, in other words, due to fear.

A
nA
:oBbA
Ma'ahu
The Fifth Section: The Maf'ul
B :
jh
A
,A ejJA FU) Z , NJYBv
() I (A) fI

.fm C (Afm
,A BC OU

G .(Afk
A
Z ,KvA jA kV
fk BC OU) kBU ,B A B H

,A M A kBU , A B G ,(Afk OU) :Z ,KvA M A lV
B A

(?AfBa
?vM fn
B) Z
Ma'ahu: It is that which is mentioned after (A) in the meaning of () With, due
The Maf'ul

to its accompaniment of (words) governed by a verb, as in: A
ejJA FU The cold and

coat came; Afm
BC OU Sa'eed and I came, in other words: with the coat and with
Sa'eed.

If the verb is concrete and apposition39 is permissible, both
the

nominative and
Ma'ahu), as in: Afk fk BC OU Zaid and I came. If
accusative are permitted in (the Maf'ul

apposition is not permissible, select the accusative case, as in: Afk OU. If the verb is

abstract and apposition is permissible, select apposition, as in: AfBa B What is with
fn

Sa'eed and Khalid? Because the meaning is: What are you doing?

:ubA

C BBk B jA
Em C A
,Bj n ,B
Bk
jh mG A
BJ

J
.efZ :n

BB

KJm
. A
BJ fI jh mG : A
.JYBvA

f ,A
(A) fI mG
jh
A
:

:mC

A
.
j-1
AgB ?
if
? LAjG
A B-2

.RC
BnC ef ?jA n Bn -3
B ?JA
jA
?efZA B-4

?BJ () jg KV
jY NA
BA
j B-5
A
.

j-6
A
AgB-7
? if
R
. ?
A B-8

jA
N-9
N
?KvA kV N ? A KvA

:iBM
I B
BA
:B
XjbNmG-C

OU-1
.VA

.LA
BC pifA -2
YBm
.mifA LA K-3
mjA

.fzA Oy-4

.I BAjNYA O-5

.I Ci jA OC-6

.TeAZA
BY -7

BC OU-8
.AfBa

Omie-9
.AfBa

O-10
Ei
.vA

VA
:BrM B A
(A) I l-L
(A) A

.nA DM -1
cJA
fA
.IC Kg-2

.BaC KNC-3

:VA
MD
B BJmB
y-X

.jJ..............OjC-1

.................... OUja-2

.LBJA..............O-3

.................IC OCi-4

...............O-5

B LjC-e
:MD

G
.A Ij Ou-1

fvM-2
.VA

Ou-3
.fVnA

.PAbA
AMG-4
A uB

40.{BnY

BlA AME vA AC }-5
Byj A AyjC

IAjA
jr pifA

THE FOURTEENTH LESSON

BZA :peBnA
nA

THE SIXTH SECTION: al-Hal

,BJAi fY
FU)
:R ,B

C I A

C BA
f
BI :BZA
OCi)
:R
,B BZA
BA .(JAi
AfY
O ,BmiB Afm OJNmA

fk jqC
G B H (BB
JC fk Ah ,BB iAfA
fk)
:R C ,(BJAi
, Afm

BY

.BB
The Hal is a word signifying the clarification of the subject or object's condition (at the

time of an action) or (the condition of) both of them, like: BJAi
fY Hameed
FU came to

AfY
me riding; BmiB OJNmA I faced Sa'eed as a horseman; JAi
Afm O I met Hameed

as two riders. The government in the Hal is the verb (either) literally, like: BJAi OCi I
Afm

saw Sa'eed riding. Or in the meaning (of a verb), like: BB fk Zaid is in the house
iAfA

standing; BB
fk Ah This Zaid is standing. It's meaning, then is: I'm informing him and I
am indicating Zaid is in the state of standing.

BBm
.BB UjM C
,(BB
BBm)
:jBn
M B
j

BA hZ f

KU j H
.RA
OCi

BZA
g B B
,BJB j
BZA g ,AfIC j BZA

OCi)
,
: BY vBI
KvA oJN
,(Ui
BJAi
FU)
:Z fM
BZA

Ui
.(BJAi
At times, the governing agent (the verb) is elided due to an indicator (of its meaning), just

as you say to the traveler: BB Safe and sound, in other words: BB
BBm BBm You
YjM
return safe and sound.

is always indefinite and the companion of the Hal
The Hal (meaning the subject or object)
is mostly definite, as you have seen in the examples. If the companion of the Hal
is
before it, as in: Ui BJAi
indefinite, it is required to advance the Hal
A man came to me
FU
riding, in order to avoid confusion with an adjective in the accusative state (as) in your

saying: BJAi
Ui OCi I saw a riding man.

Kj
,jJa
.(mj OCi ,KAi
Afm
fk FU) :Z U BZA f

is an informative sentence, as in: BJAi
Sometimes, the Hal fk FU
Zaid came to me
while his servant was riding; mj

Kj Afm I saw Sa'eed riding his horse.
OCi

:ubA
,B :BZA B
BZ
fI
.B C
I
A C

BA J :BZA

j
BZA g
,BAe
j BZA .j
eU

BA hZ f . C B BG

.BJB

:mC
R
.

,BZA
j-1
jgC
eAjG
.RC AC ?BZA
BA

B-2

BZA
?BJB g ,AfIC BZA M -3

.BZA
KYBu BZA
fM

KV
N-4

.U BZA B U PB-5

g \y ?BA
.BRI hZ N-6

:iBM
B BA
:VA BZA
KYBu
BZA
-C

KhA
.BBa -1

M-2
.BnBU fBa
MjAe

.BA Ah-3

.iBm JAi
IA LA FU-4
A
Xja-5
ByAi
.LA
IBN
KBA
.e FU-6
pBA
.zj
OCi-7
-L

B B BZA
.AjB

B U

TQ PB-1

.B B BZA

B U

TQ PB-2

.U B BZA M U
TQ PB-3
B JmB

BY
:VA
y-X

...................IC FU-1

............gBNmA OCi-2
PfU-3
.............A
Ah-4
................fm

.Ui.................FU -5

:MD
B LjC-e

41 {Ai
BlA MM }-1

.qB
OJg-2
Afm

FU-3
.BYj fm

.BiB
fm Ah-4
FfuA
.jrJNn
OCi-5
G Bjn
.vA

hNA FU-6

oBbA
jr
pifA
THE FIFTEENTH LESSON
:IBnA
lNA nA

THE SEVENTH SECTION: Tamyeez
g j

j BIG B C Bn
C k
C C ef fI jh j
C iAf mG :lNA

B ,B BJjU

,Bm A

,AjI
Al

,Ui
jr
f) :R
,BIA g

(AfIk BR jNA
,BIBZm YAi if FnA

The Tamyeez is an indefinite noun mentioned after a quantity; a number; volume; weight;
distance or other than these from that in which there is an ambiguity, (it being mentioned)

in order to remove that ambiguity, like: Ui With me are twenty men; AjI Al
jr f

A
Two Qafeez of wheat; Bm Two sacks of cotton;
Two Man of oil; B BJjU
FnA
if
BIBZm YAi B That which is in the heaven in the size of the palm is a cloud;

AfIk BR jNA
Based on dates is its equivalent in butter.

MBa Ah ,BJg iAm

,iAf
R ,jRC |bA ,(AffY :Z
f) j
f

MBa)
.(ffY

Sometimes, it is other than a quantity, as in: BJg With me are earrings of gold;
iAm f
MBa Ah This is a ring of iron. Genitive is most often (the state in this type of

AffY
Tamyeez), like: ffY
Ring of iron.42
MBa
,BNJn
.(Ba C BIC C B fk LB) :Z BIA
j
VA fI lNA
f
At times, the Tamyeez occurs after a sentence in order to remove the ambiguity from its

relationship, as in: B fk LB Zaid was good in knowledge; BIC C Or as a father; Ba C Or in
character.

:ubA

C eAjA
.JnA
BIA

I j j mG :lNA

:mC
R j-1
,lNA
.
jh
?lNA
AgB fI-2
g `jqG

.RC fI
?U lNA
MD
-3

.B R C PBBJA
,PAlA
ef-4

:iBM
,lNA
lA jgC-C
VA
:MA
OjNqG-1
MBa
.z

f-2
.jJY

.Bfu jr iAk-3

BIBN jr fYC PfU-4
.Af

.n A
f-5

.Bn m Ah-6

jeBA
.BNA
fY
B

fYA
lNA
fA VA Bna PB-L

pB-2
-5 YBn-4 ef-3 k-1
BJ
.JnA B lNA
NU
PB-X


VA
.BNA BJmB AlM y-e
.................na FU-1
....................jr fYC OCi G-2

................... LB-3

.......................... iAm f-4
OjNqG-5
.............................Nm

VA
:BNA
BJmB Al y-_

..............f-1
.Kg

.Ajq.............OjNqG-2

.Ba....................-3

.AkiC..................f-4

.aC BIBN...............PjNmG-5

B LjC-
:MD

.jr K fm-1

.AjNe QQ f-2

.BJg iAm
Ah-3
MBa
.z
f-4

.BIeC j-5

peBnA
jr
pifA
THE SIXTEENTH LESSON
:BRA
RNnA nA

THE EIGHTH SECTION: The Mustathna (The Exception)

.BJ B G Kn (G)
B G Kn C BMAaC fI jh RNnA

:n

RNnA

.(Afk G A
FU) :R , RNnA oU B B ,vN-1

,-2

G jBnA FU) :R , RNnA oU RNnA B

.NNC

The Mustathna is a word mentioned after (G) and her sisters in order that it is known that
whatever is ascribed to that which is before it is not ascribed to it. The Mustathna are of
two types:

). It is that the Mustathna is the (same) genus as the Mustathna
Conjunctive (vN

Minhu, as in: Afk G A People came to me except Zaid.
FU

). It is that the Mustathna is not of the same genus (as the
Disjunctive (
G
Mustathna Minhu), as in: NNC

FU The travelers came except their
jBnA

luggage.

LAjG
:RNnA

: B yA IiC ,KvA-C
A
(BNmA

DI)
BNA

KUA vNA
RNnA

.(Afm G A FU) :R ,Aih RNnA
G
.(NNC

jBnA
OCi)

:R ,A
RNnA
.(fYC BaC G

FU B)

:R , RNnA fNA RNnA

:R ,( o Af B a B)_I ,jRA (a Af)_I RNnA

.(AfBa

a B ,AfBa
KN)
LA
Af pifA
of the Mustathna:
I'rab
a) The accusative (Nasb)

in four situations, as follows:

KUA
(BNA ) The complete, positive, conjunctive Mustathna (in that there

RNnA
vNA
is no negation, prohibition nor interrogation in the speech). The Mustathna Minhu is

mentioned, like: Afm
G A FU People came except Sa'eed.

RNnA
(A G
I saw the travelers
) Disjunctive Mustathna, like: NNC OCi
jBnA
except their luggage.

( RRNnA fA
) The Mustathna placed ahead of the Mustathna Minhu,

RNnA
B No one came to me except your brother.
as in: fYA BaC G FU
) The Mustathna with (a Af), according to most scholars, and
(a Af _I RNnA
o Af B ,a B), like: AfBa
with (
LA
Af pifA
a B AfBa The students
KN
.
wrote the lesson except Khalid

fJA
.BJMA

KvA kAU-L
FU
fYC

B) :R ,Aih RNnA
,KU RNnA
j B AgG g

BJMA

.fI
FRmA
KvA
kV
(fm
G ,Afm

G

b) Permissibility of the accusative based on equivalence and subordination. That is
when the Mustathna is in negated speech and the Mustathna Minhu is

mentioned, like: fm G fYC FU B No one came to me except Sa'eed. The
G Afm
accusative is permissible for the Mustathna based on (the rules of the exception)
and subordination based on equivalence.43
KnY
.AA
LAjA-X

,KU
RNnA

(G) fI DI Bj RNnA B AgG g

j
G
.(fnI Pij B
,Afm G OCi B
,fm G

FU B):M ,ih
j
f
VA

AijV B (BqBY ,Em ,m ,j) RNnA
fI B G

m j
,fV
,jRA
FU):Z
A
(BqBY) (Em ,m
f ,j)

BqBY fV
.(fV
of the Estimated Government. That is when the Mustathna is vacated in
c) I'rab

that it follows (G) in negated speech and the Mustathna Minhu is not

G FU
mentioned, as you would say: fm B No one came to me except

Sa'eed; Afm G
G OCi B I saw no one except Sa'eed; fnI Pij B I passed
by no one except Sa'eed.44
If the Mustathna is after (BqBY Em m ), it is genitive with all (scholars)
j
j
with regard to (Em m

) and in (BqBY), with the majority, as in:
BqBY fV
fV fV
m A
j FU
People came to me except Majeed.
LAjG
(j)

FU
fYC B ,iBY ,fk
j A
j FU)
:M ,(G)_I RNnA LAjG (j) Lj
Pij
jI B ,fm
OCi
j B ,fm
j
.(fm

f ,FRNm (G)
y Nn f ,v
C B ,FRNm y (j)
A
:BM

: h
,A
j C {BMfn G E B
B } B ,v
NnM

G
.(A _G )

):
Of The Word (j
I'rab

) is given the I'rab
j FU
A
The word (j of the Mustathna with (G), you would say: fk
Other than a donkey; fm FU
fYC
j B
People came to me other than Zaid; and: iBY j
No one came to me other than Sa'eed; fm j B I saw no one other than Sa'eed;
OCi
B I passed by no one other than Sa'eed.
jI
fm Pij
The word (j ) is a topic for an adjective and it is sometimes used for exception, just as

the word (G) is a topic for exceptions and it is sometimes used as an adjective, as in the
Exalted's saying: {BMfn
A

G _G F "If there had been in them any gods except
B }

Allah, they would both have certainly been in a state of disorder," 45 meaning: A j other

than Allah. Likewise, is your saying: A G _G There is no god except Allah.

:ubA
n

,BJ
XjbA
(RNn) B Y BMAaC
fYG C (G) fI B XAjaG :FRNmA

vN
.
:RNnA .( RNn) XjbA

RNnA LAjG
:AC

IiC ,KvA -C
:yA

KUA
.BNA A
RNnA-1
vNA
RNnA-2
.A

RNnA
. fNA
RNnA-3
KnY
.AA
RNnA-4
KvA
.JNA L
kAU-
X
KnY
.AA LAjA-
za ,(BqBY Em m |b

j)_I AgG RNnA
FRNmA B
(j)
LjM
.(G)_I
RNnA LAjHI
.jRA f BqBY

:mC
R
.
?RNnA B-1
n
?RNnA n
G-2

.RDI
g BZy ,RNnA LAjG
AC ef-3

.RC ?jA
jgC FRNmA B-4
BNA)
B-5
j)
?(KU (KUA

.RC
g `jqG ?(j) LAjG B-6
g I ?(j)

.RDI (G)
I jA B-7

LAjG B-8

RNnA
R ?(BqBY a Af)_I
.h

R ?fJA
.h RNnA LAjG kV N-9
KvA
?RNnA
N-10
N

:iBM
VA LAjG
B RNnA RNnA -C

:BNA B I , RNnA

G
.m FU B-1

.Ajm
Af jBnA FU-2

.BaC nYBI G Pij B-3
LA
m
. FU B-4

G
.fY -5

VA
:BNA BJmB RNn y-L
OCi
............j B-1

................G hNA FU-2
..................m jBnA
f B-3
.........................Af pifA OJN-4

................a Z EjA OC-5
B BJmB
:VA
RNn y-X

.Afm G...............FU-1

j.................Kg-2
.Ui

.i G...............PfU-3

.A
V m.............PCj-4

a...............OfZM-5
FA
.

JmB
VA
:BNA FRNmA
AeC y-e

.nY.............FU B-1

pie...........PCj
.fYA B-2

.NNC...........LA FU-3
Kg-4
.NNC.............jBnA
Ou-5
.B.............jrA

:MD
B LjC-_

m
.fBa LA
OCi-1
BZA

OC
.BAf G I KNn Ee Ee -2

46.{A G
FNIA
Ayi
BBJN B}-3
47.{ZA
G
A A C}-4
G
?A -5
jvN

48.{m
KI
G I B }-6
A MC

IBnA
jr pifA

THE SEVENTEENTH LESSON

(B)
BMAaC jJa :mBNA
nA

THE NINTH SECTION: The Khabar of (B) And Her Sisters
,CfNJA

BmA
fM fm
kV C G ,(B B) :Z jJa
Z Y

B
jv
BY
.{A
B } :Z ,CfNJA jJa j
bI
), it's ruling is like the ruling of the Khabar of the Mubtada, for example:
The Khabar of (B

B B Sa'eed was set free, except that it is permissible to advance its Khabar
fm
before its noun with its being definite, in variance with the Khabar of the Mubtada, for

jv }
BY B
B "And helping the believers is ever incumbent on Us." 49
example: {A

BMAaC
(G) nA
mG :jqBA
) And Her Sisters
THE TENTH SECTION: The Noun of (G

Afk
.(oBU fI
G) :Z ,Bae fnA
The noun is ascribed (to the particle) after its being entered upon the noun, for example:

Afk G Surely Zaid is sitting.
oBU

eBZA
:jr
NA
oVA ()_I LvA nA
THE ELEVENTH SECTION: Accusative With () Which Negates the Collective Noun
IBr C iAfA
Ui

:Z ,Bz
j
BM

.Bae fI G fnA

,BzBI
Bie jr
.(oA ) :Z

The (Collective Noun) is ascribed to () after its entrance (upon the expression) and an

follows it, as in: iAfA
indefinite Mudaf There's not a servant of any man in the
Ui
house. Or (a noun) resembling the Mudaf,
as in: oA Bie jr
There are no twenty
Dirham in the bag.
B B
G
j
Aej B G
,(iAfA Ui ) :Z ,\NA
J ej j () fI

M B Bj

() jjM KV
hY ,A
B () I I v j
C
iAfA ) :M
fY
.(CjA Ui B ) (fV ,jaA
mA
If, after (), there is an indefinite singular noun, it's ending is based on Fathah, for

Ui There's not a man in the house. If it is a definite singular noun or an
example: iAfA
indefinite noun with separation between the noun and (), it is nominative because it's
government is nullified. At that time, it is required to repeat the () with the other noun,
you would say: fV
iAfA There's not a Hameed in the house nor a Majeed,
fY

and: CjA Ui B There's neither a man or woman in it.

AgG
G I ej
Y ) R ,v j BfI FU ,A
Jm
() PijM

i A
BZN
:UC
\N ,BRA
Kv A
\N ,Bi na B kV

(BI

\N A
.BRA i ,BRA

. pDI C ( ) :Z ,j () mA hZ f

) and an indefinite singular word
When () is repeated in the manner of apposition (A

comes after it without separation, like: BI G Y There's no strength and power
except in Allah, five perspectives are permissible in it: Fathah
for both; nominative for
both; Fathah
for the first and accusative for the second; Fathah for the first and
50
nominative for the second and nominative for the first and Fathah
for the second.
At times, the noun of () is elided due to the existence of an indicator (of its meaning), as

, in other words:
pDI No problem for you.
in:

NJrA
(o)_I () (B) jJa
:jr
BRA
nA

THE TWELFTH SECTION: The Khabar of (B) and () Both (Of Which) Resembles (o )

,Bae
B) :Z
.(AjyBY
Ui fm
) (BnBU fI fnA

The Khabar is ascribed (to them) after their entrance, as in: BnBU B Sa'eed is not
fm

No man is present.
sitting, and: AjyBY
Ui
yAA
:BNA A
BM

G
,(G)
.(B fk B) :Z fI jJbA AgG-1
B
.(fk B) :Z fM
,jJbA AgG-2

h
e ,kBVZA .(kB fBa G B) :Z ,(B) fI (G)
Pfk

AgG-3

.{AjrI Ah B} :BM

I jBrA
:M
uC B M I BC

KZA
AjY KZA
N B LBUD ifJB
KnNA
jI
.(AjY)
(The particle's accusative) government (of the Khabar) is nullified in the following
situations:

G fk B Zaid is only standing.
1) When the Khabar occurs after (G), as in: B
2) When the Khabar precedes (the noun), as in: fk B

B Zaid is not standing.

) is added after (B), as in: kB fBa
3) When (G

G B Khalid has not a resident.
Their proof (of the correctness of the

This is the language of the people of Hijaz.
accusative Khabar) is the Exalted's saying: {AjrI Ah B} "This is not a mortal." 51


Regarding the Bani Tameem, they do not give government to (the Khabar) at all, as in the
saying of a poet of the Bani Tameem:

AjY KZA
N B LBUD
KZA ifJB
KnNA
The slender moon is like the full-moon, I said to it: Affiliate (with one another)
Then, (the full-moon) replied: the killing of the lover is not forbidden upon the lover.
With (AjY) in the nominative.

:ubA

: I
PBIvA

fM
jJa-C
BmA
kV C G CfNJA jJa
Z Y :BMAaC (B)

jJa
.CfNJA bI j

Afk G) :Z fI fnA
:BMAaC

.(oBU ,Bae (G) mG-L

IBr C Bz

j BM .Bae fI G fnA :oVA NA ()-X

.BzBI
,Bae
M () (B) jJa-e
A fI fnA :(o)_I NJrA
yAA
:BNA

.(G) fI jJbA AgG-1
fM
.jJbA AgG-2

,(B) fI

h
M I BC ,kBVZA (G)
Pfk AgG-3
.uC B

:mC
Y
R ?(B) jJa
.h B-1
.g BRI

(G) B-2
OG ?BMAaC
g jgC

.RC ?(o)_I

JrA () BA
oV

() I jA B-3

NA
G
.(BI Y ) R kVM UA jgC-4

e B ?(o)_I
BBG () (B) BG
NJrA kBVZA

C e
B-5
f
?NA

R ?(o)_I NJrA () (B)
.h N-6

:iBM

.B IvA
VA
BNA XjbNmG-C
FmA

f
. e , BG
BC -1

.B -2
KA
.fmC

D-3
yA
.fU G-4

jA
.j D-5

AjN
.LAVA gBNmA Ak B-6
BnA
53.{Kj
}-7
(o)_I () (B) C (BMAaC

NJrA
B)

G)
C (BMAaC KmB B aeC-L

:Bq VA
,BNA
K
.OJA
fA-1

.Ui iAfA
-2

KBA-3
.\UB

nZ-4
.\UAi

.JI
OJA -5
Ah-6
.B

.A gBNmA-7
B

:VA
BbA
BA
BJmB
BIv BmA y-X

K....................G-1
.fZA
B-2
....................KBA

.eB.......................-3
`jI B-4
..................KBA
.............................Ah B-5

.............................Ui -6

:MD
B LjC-e
-1
A
.VBI ja

.AihJ M BZm -2

54.{jA
FrZA
vA G}-3
M

.AjyBY KB -4

jC
.A BuB BC B-5

BRA
jr pifA

THE EIGHTEENTH LESSON
:SBRA
PAijVA fvA

THE THIRD AIM: The Genitive Nouns

:n

PAijVA FmA
Genitive nouns are of two kinds:
,(flI

,B
:Z
Pij) jY
jVA mAI Kn
6q G mA
,jVA
jZI
ijVA-1

iBVA)_I
.(ijVA KjNA
ùA jJ
h

jY
1-Genitive by means of a genitive particle (jVA ). It is every noun having something
I passed by Zaid.
Pij
attributed to it literally by means of a genitive particle, as in: flI
This construction is referred to in grammatic terminology as the Jar and Majrur.
ùA
DI
,if
jU
jJ jZI
ijV H ,(fk ) :Z ,G BzA-2
LBN) B NA
,B BzA KV .G
,fk :Z fjVM
Bz Bz

ByA
n
:n .(jv ,fY IBN

,(A)

I BG ,B G Bz u BzA C ,

I I
C ,(z :Z
MBa) ,() C ,(fk )
u)
.(A :Z ,() :Z

G yC G vvbM
,j
B-j

G yC G BzA
jM ByA

h fB

) :Z
.(Ui ,j

BvA B
jfM
G Bz u BzA C ,

,A
bM
BMfB
,G v
BzA BzA D ,(fm jAk)
:Z

. A

The servant of Zaid, because it is genitive by means of an
Ilaihi, as in: fk
2-Mudaf
estimated genitive particle. In the terminology (of grammar) it is referred to as Mudaf
and Mudaf Ilaihi. It is required to remove any Tanween from the Mudaf and that which
stands in Tanween's place, as in: fk

LBN IBN
The two books of
The book of Zaid; fY
Hameed;
n
jv The Muslims of Egypt.

The Idafah is of two kinds:

) or related to meaning. It is that the Mudaf
Ma'nawiyyah ( is not an

adjective annexed to a word it governs. The Idafah is in the meaning of (A),
The servant of Zaid, or in the meaning of (), as in: z
as in: fk
A
MBa

u The Night prayer. The
ring of silver, or in the meaning of (), as in: A

benefit of this Idafah if it is annexed to a definite
is the definition of the Mudaf,

noun, as has passed. (The benefit) is specification (wvbM ), if it is annexed to

A servant of a man.
an indefinite noun, as in: Ui

Lafziyyah
( is an adjective annexed to a
) or literal. It is that the Mudaf
word it governs in estimation of separation between words, as in: fm jAk

is separated from the Mudaf
Visitor of Sa'eed. Then, it is like the Mudaf Ilaihi.
The benefit of it is only the lessening of words.
jaE
OmC jn (F)
,NA

G
\ZvA iBVA
jV C

mA
\ZvA
yC AgG

,BJ B Ain F mA
jaE B G ,(J e ) :R ,OZN C ,FA

(yB)
yBA M B ,BBnA
N
BRA FA OZN
FA

FA
OeC

B O
,j (F)
BNJ BJ B z (A) jaE OB G .(Ai) AjA
FU)
.( :M
When a sound noun (\ZvA jV
) or quasi-sound noun (\ZvA iBVA
) is annexed to the Ya

F), it's end is given Kasrah and the Ya is made either Sakin
of the first-person (NA or
53
given Fathah,
My servant; e
like: My deer.
My pail; J

at the end of a word while the letter before it is vowelled with Kasrah, the
If there is a Ya
Ya (of the noun) is merged with the Ya (of the first-person) and the second Ya is given
Fathah

in order to prevent the meeting of two Sakin letters, as you would say in: (yBA
)
My jurist, and in: (AjA
yB ) Ai
My archer.
is at the end of a noun and the letter before it is vowelled with Dammah,
If Waw it is
and it is given the government just as what has passed. You would say:
converted to Ya
FU
My teachers came to me.

G Bz f
(g) () Y
( aC IC)
NnA FmA
M

:jBrA uC jz

pBA
g zA

Ag j
BG

.gBq

You say regarding the Six Nouns (NnA My
FmA): IC My father; aC My brother; Y

My thing, and My mouth, with some people. (g) is not annexed to
father-in-law;
any pronoun at all. The saying of the poet:
pBA
g zA

Ag j
BG
"He only recognizes the possessor of virtue among men is possessed by him"
is rare.

,TRA PBjZA kVM ,( Y LC dC) :O ByA
FmA
h O
AgG

Ah .uC ByA

(g)
jY
jY jh B BC ,jVA jfNI
ijVA
MDn
A
.BM nA
Fq G SBRA B jVA

A father; Y
A

When these nouns are separated from the Idafah, you'd say: dC A brother; LC

father-in-law; A thing; A mouth, and the three vowels are permitted.54 (g) is never

separated from the Idafah.
Each of these has an estimation of the genitive particle in the genitive words. Regarding
what has been mentioned regarding the genitive particles as words, then it will be
presented to you in the third part, if Allah, the Exalted wills.

:ubA
mA
ijVA
:B
jZI
.jVA ijVA-1

ijVA-2
.ByBI

ByA
:Bn

C BzA
.vvbM jM fM ,-1

. A bM BMfB ,vvbM BzA jM fM ,-2
C FA nM
.\NM

BjaE jn NA F

G ByC AgG Jq \ZvA
mA
BJ
FA OeC

F AA OJ
B jn

BJ B z (A) mA jaE
OB G
.FA

:mC

?ijVA
mA BnC B-1

.BR

jVA KJm jgC BzA B-2
?G

.B R ,ByA BnC jgC-3

RDI

.f g \y ?M ?A ByA B-4
B ?A
?BMfB ByA B-5

iBVA
g \y ?NA
F
G yC AgG

\ZvA jV C
\ZvA mA
Y B-6

.RDI

F
?NA

G yC AgG

xA mA
F

jV
AgB-7

R ?NA
.h F
G BJ B z (A) jaE BmA OyC AgG M AgB-8

?jzA
G Bz
NnA FmA

C-9

:iBM

VA
:BNA ByA -C
ilA
.A FU-1
fuBY
55 .{BBG G B}-2
pB BU
(x) A
.() A mi fZ-3
IC FU-4
.jVNA

\MB
?jJa -5
PBAjA
:PBA
jaAC

qC ,KmB

G

BzI
BNA
G-L

.............KBU

G oU ............

FU-1

.eU............LBN-2

.e...........MBa-3

.jJ..........LBI-4

.kBY...........jf-5

...........

,jv.........-6

.mA..........YBm-7

B LjC-X
:MB

Zv
.jvJA KA-1

.aA
oi NA-2

C fA
. fAA
Y-3
.Kg

iAm Ah-4

B
.fJA jC-5

mBNA
jr pifA

THE NINETEENTH LESSON

IANA
:MBbA
THE CONCLUSION: The Subordinates

B OJUD ,AA BNae DI BuBI BIAjG B Bjg j NA IjA FmA C G
(IBNA)
n B JNI
,J mA f ,mA

LAjG

I
jVA

jA
KvA

J
.LAjA
B JN
is due to a governing
Know that declinable nouns, whose mention has passed, their I'rab
agent entered upon them. The nominative, accusative and genitive states, then, are
required without any other median. Sometimes, the I'rab of a noun is due to it following

that which precedes it. It is termed the Subordinate (IBNA
) because it follows that which

precedes it in I'rab.
Lj

:na IANA

,fYA U

IBm LAjHI
BQ

IBNB

jZBI
OA

fJA BJA
fDNA A
of
The Subordinate, then, is every second declinable (subordinate word) having the I'rab

its predecessor from one perspective. The Subordinates (IANA
) are five:
The Adjective

)
(OA
)
Apposition With a Particle A
(jZBI
Emphasis

)
(fDNA

Explicative Apposition )
(BJA
)
Equivalent Apposition (fJA

(vA) OA :A nA

The First Section: The Adjective
n ,JN

OA
C ,ZA ,(B
Ui
FU) :Z IBM
f OA

JN
OA
BG ZA .JJnA
OA
n B
(IC Ui
FU) ,JNI
:Z

N

jr
:iC IiC JN
), as in:
The adjective is a subordinate word indicating a meaning in its principle (JNA

Ui
B A learned man came to me. It is termed a True Adjective (ZA
FU OA
). Or (it

indicates a meaning) in the words attached to its principle, as in: IC
B
Ui A man
FU

OA). The True
came to me his father is learned. It is termed a Causative Adjective (JJnA
Adjective only follows its principle in four of ten matters:
oBbA
jA LAjA SBRA
A
jNA IAjA

;jVA
KvA

:TRA

BRA
BRA IBnA
jhNA
jqBA mBNA
;VA RNA
eAjA

peBnA
;jNA

BMCjA
BUi ,BNB Ui
,BB CjA ,B
,B Ui FU)
:Z ,SDNA

OCi
,BA
,BBA
(BB
Ui flA AflA

,BA fk

,PBB
Fn

F

Ah
.AJA
the
The first, second and third (of these matters are related) to the three states of I'rab:
nominative, the accusative and the genitive. The fourth and fifth are related to the definite
and indefinite. The sixth, seventh and eighth are related to the singular, dual and plural.

Ui
The ninth and tenth are related to the masculine and feminine, as in: B A
FU

learned man came to me....B
CjG A learned woman; BB Two learned men....
Ui
Fn
BNB Two learned women; F BUi Learned men....PBB
BMCjG Learned women;
BA
fk Zaid the learned; BBA The two learned Zaids; BA
AflA The learned
flA

Zaids; BB Ui OCi I saw a learned man. Likewise, are the remainder.

jNA PBY ,A
JN
BG JJnA
OA

TRA
LAjA
C nbA JN

jA h
.{BC BA BUjaC} :Z ,jNA
The Causative Adjective only follows its principle in the first five matters, meaning the

definiteness and indefiniteness, as in: {BC BA
three states of I'rab, jA
h
BUjaC}

"Deliver us from this town its people are oppressors." 56

;(B
\yM
G M Ui :R ,Mj
FU) wvbM
BB G PA OA
fB
FU)

.(yBA
fk :R ,Nj
BB
The benefit of the adjective is specification of the modified word, if both are indefinite,

like: B
Ui A knowledgeable man came to me. It clarifies the modified word, if both
FU

fk FU
are definite, like: yBA Zaid, the virtuous, came to me.

A
:BM Z f ,{YjA
,fDN YjA
nI}
:Z ,`fA
f
FR

BI
.(UjA
BrA gC) :Z ,h f .{fYA
b}
A
YjA
At times, the adjective is used for praise and commendation, as in: {YjA

In
nI}
the name of God, the Beneficent, the Merciful.57 At times, it is used for emphasis, as

b} "One blast." 58 At times, it is used for censure, as in: UjA
in: {fYA BI gC I
BrA
seek refuge in God from the accursed satan.

u jzA IC UjI
.(IC B C ,B VBI uM jA
Pij) :Z ,jJbA

.I u
IC UjI
An indefinite adjective may be modified by an informative sentence, as in: B Pij

I passed by a man his father is standing, or: IC
B His father was standing. The pronoun
is not modified nor (are other words) modified with a pronoun.

:ubA

BJM
:BnC
na IANA
.J B LAj
Lj mG :IBNA

jZBI
fJA fDNA
BJA A OA

.I NA AYC
C AYC |I J fI jh B ,BzC vA
mA OA
n
jNA LAjA
IB
eAjA
jNA
C KV PA
o u B G OA

jhNA
.SDNA
VA RNA

IB
. jNA
jNA
LAjA
C KV u B G
JNBI N
BB AgG ZyM
.Nj BB AgG PA
Mj wvbM

OA fB

:mC
R
.
?IBNA B-1

.IANA
BnC ef-2
.BI I ,JJnA
jA OA
ZA j-3

g \y ?

.RDI VBI OA kV -4
u
JN
?PA
o OA JN -5

N
B AgG
u B AgG JNA

.B R ?JNA

.f eAjG
RC fA
OA ef-6

?Bu C u jzA -7

:iBM
VA
:BNA OA -C

Ui
.B Ah-1
A-2
jvA
.LJZ

fVA
.`f BA-3

57.{YjA A
YjA

nI}-4
B
.jNZ IC-5
BJVA
.h fVA-6

KB
.
\m-7

B BJmB
:VA
BN y-L
FU-1
.................fA

zj...................BA-2
.iBrA

..............Ui aC-3

.iBJA
jNZ....................JvA-4

.pifA
FQC N
...................KBA-5
U
:f MA
PBvA
NmG-X
,LJZ
,
.B ,iv
, ,jv

:MD
B LjC-e
A
59.{BA V Li}-1

60.{A Li
tjA G

_G A}-2

ZA-3
F
.jMBm
BA
.jvN A-4

.B e mA-5

.BIC jA
B PFU-6

pifA
jrA
THE TWENTIETH LESSON

A
jZBI nA
:BRA
THE SECOND SECTION: Apposition With Particles
Kn
G Kn

,JnA B
NI Aev ,JN B G IBM

jZBI A

B) :R ,A

fYC JN
jY
I I mN
C jq
,BzC (nA

) n

nA
G SBRA MDm
Bjg
.(C Q FA AA)
:A jY .(fBa
fm

A
.BM Bq
Apposition with particles is a subordinate which has attributed to it that which is attributed
to its principle while both are intended to have this relationship. It is also termed 'Atf
an-Nasaq /Conjunctions. Its condition is that one of the particles of apposition is placed
fm
between the subordinate and its principle, as in: fBa
B Sa'eed and Khalid
stood.

The Particles of Apposition are: C ,Q ,AA. Their mention will come in the third section,
,FA
if Allah, the Exalted wills.

G (fm BC OnU) :Z ,v
jzI KV
fDM j
vN jy
AgG

eBG
jY KV ijVA
vNA
AgG .(fBa

jzA
A :Z
OJN)
,v
AgG

I Pij)
.(fnI ,A
:Z jVA

When apposition is made upon a dependent nominative pronoun, it is required to

Sa'eed and I sat, except
BC OnU
emphasize it with an independent pronoun, as in: fm
A
OJN
Khalid
when there is separation, as in: fBa and I wrote today. When apposition
is made upon a dependent genitive pronoun, it is required to repeat the genitive particle

I I Pij
in the subordinate (A), as in: fn I passed by you and by Sa'eed.

A
.h BRB ,BY C u C AjJa C u A B AgG C , Y A

. G A A
kBU , B A C kBU AgG C IBzA

A
) is in the ruling of the principle ( ), meaning when the
The subordinate (A

A
first ( ) is an adjective, informative sentence, relative clause or Hal, then the

) is likewise. The rule in it is that when it is permissible to place the
second (A
subordinate in the place of the principle, the apposition is permitted, otherwise, it is not.

Bf A B AgG lBU
AijV Nb

A
B
iAfA
) ,ijV
jVZA
.(j fk
:Z
C A .jA
,h
Apposition upon words governed by two different governing agents is permitted when the
the principle is genitive and advanced ahead of the nominative noun and the subordinate
jVZA
is likewise, meaning genitive, as in: j
iAfA
fk
In the house is Zaid and (in) the
room is 'Amr. 61

:ubA

(nA
) n A jY
fYC JN I I mN IBM A
jZBI

.BzC

j

jy

N ,BYA

U

A
Y A
Y
v
jVA
A jY
eBG KV
.uBI
BI jzI
C v fDM KV
vN
ijVA

.vNA jzA

Bf AijV A B AgG Nb B A kV

.BzC jA Bf AijV A jA

:mC
R ,nA

.
j-1

jY
.A |I ef-2

O
R ?vN
.h
jy AgG KV
AgB-3
ijVA

R ?vNA jzA
O AgG
A

jVA jY
eBG KV -4

.h
g jgC

eAjG
.BR A
? LAjG A Lj -5

:iBM

PBAjA
:BNA B y-C

..................
.nA PFY-1
m

G..................Q
.mifA fm
Kg-2

.A....................
BC OCi-3
jBm-4

.iBBI.................. fBa

................... I Om-5

................... IC Pij-6

VA
:BNA BJmB jY y-L

.aC.............BC VA PCj-1

.I..................aDI
Pij-2

.Ba....................BC
PjBm-3

ae-4
.fm...........fBa

.JvA....................A
C-5

-X

.v jzI

fDNA KUA
B
A NU PB-1

A
.AijV Ajy
B NU PB-2

VA
:BNA A XjbNmG-e

.I Ah ha-1

fm
.iAfA BC OUja-2
fBa
.fm pifA KN-3
Ah fBrA
.IC fC-4
vA
.iBY eiBI FNrA-5

: B LjC-_

62.{VA Uk OC mC}-1

.BA f LjyA ,A jvC-2

UAkC
63.{jJZM NC VA AaeC}-3

.e B A ja-4

.Aja a PeiC-5

eBZA
jrA
pifA
THE TWENTY-FIRST LESSON

fDNA
:SBRA
nA

SECTION THREE: Emphasis

f
C ,(n fk FU)
,G
:Z B JNA
Kn jjM
f IBM :fDNA

A

eAjC
.{UC fVn} :R ,JNA ZA q

Emphasis: it is a subordinate word signifying the affirmation of the principle in that which
fk
has been attributed to it, as in: n
FU
Zaid came to me himself. Or it signifies the

inclusion of a ruling upon each member of the principle, like: {UC

A
fVn} "So
the angels made obeisance, all of them together." 64

:n

fDNA
Emphasis is of two kinds:
FU fk
FU) ,I
B B ,fk FU
,fk :Z A

A
jjM
:-C

Afk G G)
:Z
kV ,(fk

.(B ,BzC jZA

): it is the repitition of the first word itself, as in: fk fk FU
a) Literal ( Zaid came
FU
to me Zaid; fk FU Zaid came to me, came to me; fk B B Zaid stood,

Afk G G Surely,
stood. Repetition is permissible in particles as well, as in: B
surely Zaid is standing.

: B ,ef
BDI :-L

): It is achieved with numerous words, as follows:
b) Abstract (

vA
,jzA NaHI fYA
RA
VA B (A

oA)-1

h ,(nC flA ,BBn C ,BnC AflA
,n fk FU) :R

f
FU) ,S
,Bn :Z ,(C
,BB ,)
C BC
C BC
,B)
h
,(nC PAfA ,BBn C BnC AfA

,BB
(C

1)- (A
oA): They are for the singular, the dual and plural with variation in
fk
FU
AflA
form and pronoun, like: n Zaid come to me himself; C BnC

The two Zaids (came to me) themselves; nC
flA
The Ziads came
BBn
to me themselves.
UjA

,uBa

BMCjA OB
,B B) :Z R B :(BN )-2

.(BBN
UjA
2- (BN ): They are for the dual in particular, as in: B
B The two men

BMCjA
stood, both of them; BBN The two women stood both of them.
OB
NaHI
jzA
:(vIC ,NIC ,NC ,UC ,)-3
RA j

,B fZA
OjNqA , A FU , BNnJA OjNqG) :M ,()

,(cG G...UC)
:
,AJA NaHI
vA ,( FnA PFU

UC A
FU
UC
NC
NIC

NC ,vIC BNnJA OjNqG):M
FN
FU
PFU
FnA FNI
,FvI B fZA ,vIC
OjNqA
NIC
U
NI N
.(vI

3- (vIC
NC
NIC UC

): They are for other than the dual with variation of

OjNqG
the pronoun in (), you'd say: BNnJA I purchased the orchard, all of it;

A
FU
The people came to me, all of them; B fZA
OjNqG I purchased

FnA
the garden, all of it; PFU
The women came, all of them.

) to the
(It is found with a) variation of form in the remaining, and they are (UC
), you'd say: vIC
end (vIC
NC
NIC UC

BNnJA OjNqG I purchased the orchard,
all of it; vIC NC
NIC
UC A
FU
The people came to me, all of
FNI
them; FvI FU
FN
B OjNqG I purchased the garden, all of it, and
fZA
vI U
NI N FnA
PFU
The women came, all of them.

j
jzI KV
fDM (A

oA)_I vNA (jA)
jzA
fDM PeiC AgG

.(n OC OIjy) :M ,v

When you intend to emphasize a dependent nominative pronoun with (A
oA), it is

required to emphasize it with an independent nominative pronoun, you'd say: OC OIjy

You struck yourself.
n
FU
A :Z
(A)
,BnY BAjNA ~BIC ElUC B G (UC )_I f
\v

zA
.( OjC)
:M ( OJA OjNqG)
:M B BY C ,UC

With (UC

) only that which has components and parts is emphasized (while it being)
correct to separate its parts perceptionally, like (A
) in: UC A
FU
The people
came to me, each of them all together. Or that which is in the ruling (of having

components and parts) as you would say: B OJA OjNqG I purchased the house, all of it.

You would not say: zA
OjC
I honored the guest, all of him.

BfM
(NC)
kV Be B o gG (UC)_ BJMC BMAaC C A
kV
Bjg
.Be
(UC)
) when it doesn't have a meaning aside from
Know that (NC) and her sisters follow (UC
) nor permissible to mention it without
). It is not permitted to advance it before (UC
(UC

).
(UC

:ubA

eAjC
jjM
.JNA
ZA
q

f C
,G Kn
B JNA
IBM
f
fDNA

:n

fDNA

.BzC jZA
iAjM kV ,I A
A iAjM :-C

: ZN
BDI
,uvb :-L

o-1
.
BN -2
G BNBzA)

.(jzA

UC
.BMAaC -3
fDM
f
i jzI
.v fI G
A oBI

vNA
jA
jzA

.BY C BnY fA
AjNA
ElUC Zu (UC ) I fDNA jq
jg
.(UC)

fI G A
BMAaC

(NC) jg kV

:mC
R
. j-1
,fDNA

.RDI
g \y ?fDNA
BnC B-2

R ?B AfDM
.h fM -3

.B R ?B
BI f NA BA B-4

.B R g `jqG ?VA fM I ?RA fM I-5

R ?A
.h oBI vNA jzA fM -6

:iBM

I fA
VA
:BNA B BA -C
G G-1
fA
.B

FU
.fm FU-2

NBa
.B h-3
BaC M n
.Y
OC-4
PBA
.nC PFU-5

.BMjJA BC OC-6
A
.B Kg-7

VA
:BNA BJmB AfDM y-L

............IC FU-1

.........BaC OCi-2

jBm-3
...............BJBA
A...................-4
.g

G Kg...................-5
.nA
OjNqG-6
.....................KNA

.....................PVA
PCj-7

: B LjC-X
jBm
.fm jBm-1
C
65.{UC
BV}-2
66.{B
FmA eE }-3

.jZ jbA G G-4

BRA
jrA pifA

THE TWENTY-SECOND LESSON

fJA :IAjA
nA

THE FOURTH SECTION: Badal - Equivalent Appositive
Kn
e
.JN JnBI
evA G Kn B G
JN IBM
fJA
The Equivalent Appositive is a subordinate word which has attributed to it whatever is
attributed to its principle while the subordinate is intended for the attribution not its
principle.

:IiC fJA
BnC
The divisions of Equivalent Apposative are four:

.(aC \Bu ,JNAlU
:Z
FU)

f B B A
,A
fI-1

1-Equivalence of the whole for the whole. Its meaning is part of the principle, as in:

aC \Bu
FU your brother, came to me.
Salih,
:Z
PCj)
LBNA ,JNA
f BM f B B |JA
,A
fI-2

.(C
2-Equivalence of part for the whole.
Its signification is the complete signification of

the principle, as in: C LBNA PCj I read the book, its beginning.

,BNqA
,IQ
JVC :Z ,JNBI
fk Km) BN f B B fI-3

.(
3-The Equivalence of inclusion. It is that its signification is connected with the
fk
principle, as in: IQ
Km
Zaid dressed in his clothes; JVC
'Ali, his
knowledge, amazed me.

,jU
.(AiBY I OCi fk
FU)
fI
,A
:Z
jh B ,A fI-4
fk
4-Equivalence of error. It is that which is mentioned after an error, as in: jU
FU

Zaid, Ja'far came to me; AiBY I OCi
I saw a mule, a donkey.
KV
Bn}
,{IgB
uB
uBBI :BM
N KV j B G fJA
j

Aju G}

SY nBVNA

,{A
Aju Nn

:BM
Z ,n
g

Ui FU) Aju NnA
{...hA

AjvA :BM
BfG}

Z ,jNA jNA

.(
The Equivalent Appositive, if it is (the equivanence of an) indefinite from a definite, its

Bn}
uB
adjective is required, as in the saying of the Exalted: {IgB uBBI "We would
certainly smite his forehead, a lying sinful forehead." 67(The adjective) is not required in
the reverse (meaning a definite taken from an indefinite) as in His, the Exalted's saying:

G} 68
{A Aju Nn
Aju "...the way to the right path, the path of Allah." Nor is it required
for two homogeneous (meanings) with regard to definiteness and indefiniteness, as in
Aju NnA
His, the Exalted's saying: {...hA

AjvA "Keep us on the right path, the
BfG}
69
Ui
path of those..." A man, a servant, came to me.
FU

BJA
nA
:oBbA
THE FIFTH SECTION: The Explicative Appositive

A fJ
IC B) :Z jqC
,6q mA
JN \y u j IBM

BJA

.() ,eBvA
jC BjJaC
A
The Explicative Appositive is a subordinate word, other than an adjective, clarifying its

A
principle and it is the more famous of two names of something, as in: :eBvA
fJ IC B

A
Abu 'Abdillah as-Sadiq
jC BjJaC said: Ameer al-Mumineen, 'Ali (AS), informed
us...

:ubA

evA
.JnBI Kn
G
,JN B G Kn JNA \y IBM fJA

:fJA BnC

A
fI-2
A
|JA A fI-1

A fI-4 fI-3
BNqA

.u M C :jBI
jA jA
fJA
jq
.JNA jqC
mA

wvbNA

\yNA

f IBM

BJA

:mC
R
.

,fJA
j-1

?BJA B-2

.B R ,Bef ?fJA AC B-3
g `jqG
R
? C jI
jA
. fJ -4

:iBM

,fJA
:VA
MD
B
BJA
XjbNmG-C
C
fZ
.() jBJA IC eBU
jU B-1

.aC en jBm-2

.BmCi A
Pjn-3

.AfBY AfV OCi-4
IC JVC-5
.


:BNA
VA PBAjA
BJmB BI C fI y-L

..............BeBu OCi-1
fY
Cj-2
............LBNA

jBm-3
.....................jB

jm-4
.....................OJA

.LBNA..................BaC OC-5

...........................nZA IC B-6

...............................IC -7

-X

fI B PB -1
.BNqA NU
|I fJA
.

B NU
PB
-2

.BI B NZM NU PB-3

:MD B LjC-e
69.{ hA
OC
Aju
AjvABfG}-1
NnA
.() nZA
fZ
IC jzY-2
A
.mCi

OjI-3
aC JV-4
.Y
.mB
aC FU-5

.Ba OCi-6

SBRA
jrA pifA

THE TWENTY-THIRD LESSON
LBJA
BRA

mA
JA
THE SECOND CHAPTER: Indeclinable Nouns
g

eiAA
:BNA ,AA jaE
NaBI Nb
B :JA
mA
Indeclinable nouns: that noun whose ending does not change with a change in
government and that (lack of declension) occurs in the following instances:

,(QQ ,BQG
,fYC)
:R
,(cA...FM
,FI :R ,j
,C) Kj
j B-C
R

Lj
.BI nA
BI
J
KjNA
H
J (fk)

A-That which occurs without being compounded with other than it, like: (cA ,P ,L ,C);

,fYC ); and like the word (fk ) before construction (with other words).
and like: (QQ ,BQG
while inherently
It is indeclinable in reality (its ending being) based on Sukun
70
declinable.

iBqA
FmD
j G BUBNZ B fA DI uA J
B-L
IBq
:Z
,)
.( ,PuA

B-That which resembles an original indiclinable word in that while signifying its

meaning it needs an indicator like the Demonstrative and Relative Nouns, as in:
These; Who.

R
(B) jy
.(BNU)
,jYC QQ C B B-X

C-That which is less than three-letters, like the pronoun (B) in: BNU You came to us.

nM
.(jr jr
G fYC) (Ah) R ,jZA
B B-e
zM
D-That which embraces one of the meanings of particles, like: Ah This; and numbers
from eleven to nineteen.

Bjg
n B FI .B m ,Ajn BZN By nM JA mA PBjY

BnA G JA
:BNA mA

FmC-2
iBqA -1
PAjzA

BA
FmC-4 PuA-3

PBJjA-6

FmC-5
PAuA

|I-8
jA PBBA-7
The vowels of the indeclinable noun are termed Damm,

Fath,
Kasr and its Sukun is a
halting. Based on that which we have mentioned, the indeclinable nouns are divided into
the following divisions:
1-Pronouns 2-Demonstrative Nouns
3-Relative Nouns 4-Verbal Nouns
5-Nouns of Sound 6-Compounds
7-Metonymy 8-Some particles

:A
PAjzA A
The First Type: Pronouns
fM
.jg KB
C KBb
C N
f y ,B mA :jzA

The pronoun: it is a noun of whatever kind coined to signify the first-person, the
second-person or the third-person whose mention has already preceded.

C ,(aC :Z ,B J ih ,G
m)
jzY Uj
Uj
KBA
jz fI

PNmA

,(eVA
jzB ) :Z ,BY C ,{N LjC AfG} :Z ,

.BnA

A m
`

G
e (PNmA)
A point of reference is required for the third-person which it refers to and is mentioned

before it literally, as in: aC jzY m Saleem's brother was present. Or in meaning, as in:
LjC
{N
"Act equitably, that is nearer to piety." 71 Or (the reference is) in ruling,
AfG}

PNmA
as: eVA . Then, the pronoun in (PNmG
It straightened upon al-Judi ) returns (in

reference to) the well-known ark of Noah (AS) understood from context.

jzA
:n
The pronoun is of two types:

G...OIjy)
C ,(Ijy :Z ,j BG ,fY Nn B :vN-1

G... G....Ijy)
:Z
,ijV
C ,(Ijy ,Lv

,) :Z

.(
1-Dependent: it is that pronoun which is not used alone. It is either nominative, as

in: (Ijy OIjy
G ), or it is genitive, as in:
G...Ijy
), or it is accusative, as in: (Ijy

( ,
G... ).
G ...BC :R
BG ,(

,j BG BzC ,fY Nn B :v-2

.Ajy
Jm h :R ,Lv
,(BG G...BG)
2-Independent: it is that which is used alone. Also, it is either nominative, like:

), or accusative, like: (BG G...
( G...BC BG). That, then, is seventy pronouns.

: B AjNNn
vNA jA jzA

The nominative pronoun is concealed in that which follows:

C (FnA
=jv) PlC

B
mA
jv ) :Z ,JBA KBA
yBA-1

.(=PlC
.(jv :R
jvC)
,NA iBzA-2

.(DM) :R ,KBbA iBzA-3

jv)
:R
.(jvM ,JBA iBzA-4
KBA

BA
A
.(vA)
mG-5

B
PlC
1-The third-person past-tense verb, as in: FnA mA 'Ali helped
jv
and Fatimah
Islam ) is
invigorated women, in other words, the pronoun for (jv
) it is ().
) and for (PlC
(

,jvC
2-First-person present-tense verb, like: jv .

3-Second-person present-tense verb, like: DM.
jv
4.Third-person present-tense verb (masculine and feminine), like: jvM .
5. Active Participle and Passive Participle (adjective).72
BG} ,vNA
ihM f
G
B) ,{fJ
.(BC G jv :Z
vA
kV
BNmA
Use of the independent pronoun is not permitted unless the dependent pronoun is not
appropriate, as in: {fJ "Only You do we worship;" 73 BC G
BG}
jv B No one helped you
except I.

DrA
:vA
jy
The Pronoun of Fact and Narration

,jhA

n

jy)
(DrA
jy)
,jnM U fI MDM Ajy
BJB C A

Kk BG ,Z
.(B f ) ,{fYC A } :R ,SA

(vA
Know that for pronouns there is a third-person pronoun producing after it a sentence
explaining it. It is termed the Pronoun of Fact in the masculine pronoun and the Pronoun
}
of Narration in the feminine pronoun, like: {fYC A

"Say: He, Allah, is one." 74 f

She, Hind, is pleasant.
Z

jy
:vA

Pronoun of Separation
IB v

C C ,j jJbA B AgG

CfNJ j jy jJbA
CfNJA af f
f

,vBI
jJbA j
BJNqA
jJbA
CfNJA

I v (v) n ,Ah

A
zC ,jAlA
fV mB ,eBA jm)
,BzC
B (fBY
B

:Z
fDNA

OC O}
.{KjA
:BM
At times, an independent nominative pronoun is placed between the Mubtada and
Khabar, agreeing with the Mubtada, when the Khabar is definite or a superlative noun. It
is termed a separator because it separates the Mubtada and the Khabar in order to
eliminate (the possibility) of confusing the Khabar with an adjective. It also conveys
jm
emphasis, as in: eBA Sameer, he is arriving; jAlA mB
Qasim,
B he was the

visitor; fBY
zC fV Majeed, he is more virtuous than Hamid . Allah, the Exalted,
has said: {KjA

} "You were the watcher over them." 75
OC O

:ubA
g AA

eiAA
:BNA NaHI jaE Nb
B :JA
mA

Kj
.j j B-C

.uA
IBq
J B-L

QQ
.jYC C B B-X
B
.jZA B-e
zM
BnA
BRA
:MA mA
G JA
n
mG-2
iBqA
PAjzA-1

BA
FmC-4 PuA-3

PBJjA-6

FmC-5
PAuA

|I-8
jA PBBA-7

jzA
:n .jg fM KB
C KBb C N
f y mG :jzA

Nn
.fY B
,vNA jzA-1
Nn
.fY B
,vA jzA-2

eiAA
:BNA jNNn vNA
jA jzA

KBA
.JBA yBA-1
iBzA-2
.NA

KBA
.JBA KBbA iBzA-3

BA
.A mG-4

U
.jnM jy
J jh ,DrA
jy

U
.jnM fI M KB S jy :vA jy
B C J
fI
I af jy
.u jJa CfNJA
jJbA :vA
jy

:mC
R
. ,JA
mA
j-1
ef
AC
.RC ?uA
Jq
J

B-2

.B R PBJ
,FmA ef-3

.h R ?jzA B-4

.B R ,jzA BnC jgC-5

jzA jNNn BA
?jA C -6
BRI kV N-7
.f g \y ?vA
jzA BNmG
,DrA

j-8
BR LjyG
.h jy

R
. ?vA
jy B-9

R ?Nn N ?vA
.h jy B-10

:iBM
VA
:BNA jBzA AC -C

BG fJ
76.{Nn BG}-1

.aC Ah-2

77.{ifvA
PAhI G}-3
mif
.vA
NCi-4
B
.jq
G-5
hMBmC
.jNZ -6
G jBm
.fI PBJA-7

:PB-L

B jzA
.AjNNn U
TQ-1

B jzA
.v U
TQ-2

jzA
.vN B U
TQ-3
-X

U
.f na
B aeC KvA
,vA ef-1
jBy

U
.f na
B ?vNA
jgC jA B-2
jBy

?vA B-3
jA jBy

B LjC-e
:MD

G
.eAfI jvJA
PjBm-1
fv
.

Aja I -2

.
-3
78.{ D
OB qj AhC}-4
79.{fYC A

}-5

IAjA
jrA pifA

THE TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON

FmC :BRA
iBqA A
THE SECOND TYPE: Demonstrative Nouns

Nn
:B
BC na .G f
iBr mG
y B :iBqA

jh
.fYAA (Ag)-1

R
.jhA (g
Ag)-2

ej
.SA (g M g M g M BM)-3
.SA (M
R
BM)-4

jhA
.SA V
jvA
fBI
(C)-5
The Demonstrative Noun: that which is formulated to signify something alluded to. The
Demonstratives have five forms for six meanings:
1-(Ag) For the masculine singular.

2-(g Ag
) For the masculine dual.
M g M g M BM) For the feminine singular.
3-(g

4-(M BM
) For the feminine dual.

) and shortening (C) for the masculine and feminine
) With elongation (C
5-(C
plural.

,LBbA

jY

BjaADI
vN f
.( ,Ah)
:R
,JNA
(F)

BADI
ZM f
na
Ljy jr
na
,na uBZA ,( , , ,B ,) BC na
h
.AJA

Ah (Ag G...Ag

,Ag
G...Ag)
:

,Ah). Sometimes, the particle of
At times (F) will be prefixed to its beginning, like: (

the second-person is connected to its ending, they are five words: ( ,
, ,B ,). That,

then, is twenty-five pronouns obtained by multiplying five by five, they are: (Ag G...
Ag)

and (Ag G...
Ag). Likewise, are the remainder.

.fJ mN (Ag) Kj
(g) (Ag) Nn

(Ag) is used for the near; (Ag) is used for the median and (g
) is used for the distant.

uA mA
:SBRA
A
THE THIRD TYPE: Relative Nouns

fI ,jJa
U ,fI vI G U BBM AlU C \v mG :uA

G e
B C B
.(IC IC hA
FU)
(hA)
B :R ,uA
B fB
The Relative Noun: is a noun which is not proper that it be a complete part of a sentence
except with a relative clause following after it. (The relative clause) is an informative
) returning (in reference) to the Relative Noun, like
sentence requiring in it a pronoun (fBA

IC hA
) in our saying: B
(hA He came to me whose father is learned, or: IC B He
FU
whose father stood came to me.

uA
: FmA

.jh

(hA)-1

(NA)-2
.S
FBI (NA
BNA
NBY
jA

BY

BI ,BBR hA AhA)-3

KvA
.jVA

.jhA
V (hA A)-4

V
.SA (A MAA MA)-5

.V
B
(B )-7-6

(C C)-8

:jBrA
6
I

(hA) I (g)-9
g PjY
O g jI fU
IC F FA H
.O hA
PjY hA C
C (jI

,A
IC A)
:Z C BA mA Nu (hA) I A A-10

C

DA)
.`BM hA C (`BM ,jI
IC C hA
The Relative Nouns are:

1-(hA
) For the masculine.

2-(NA
) For the feminine.
BNA
3-(NA
AhA
hA

) For the dual (of the masculine and feminine) with Alif in
the nominative state and with Ya in the accusative and genitive states.

4-(hA ) For the masculine plural.
A

MAA
5-(A MA
) For the feminine plural.
6&7-(B ) Both used for all.

8-(C C).

9-(g) In the meaning of (hA ) in the language of the Bani Tayy, as in the words of

the poet: O g jI
g PjY IC F FA
fU H
Surely, the water is the water of my father and my grandfather

And my well is that which I dug and that which I concealed
hA
hA
In other words: O PjY .

10-(A A
) In the meaning of (hA
), and its relative clause is an Active or

IC A
Passive Participle, as in: jI The one eating is Abu Bakr, meaning: hA

IC C He who ate is Abu Bakr; `BM DA
jI The (thing) eaten is an apple, in

C hA
other words: `BM That which was eaten is an apple.
hA
.NjC

C (OjC hA

hY kV
B) :Z , B G A fBA
l
Q}

q :BM

,BNu
ifu hY AgG G BIj
(C BC) C A

.fqC

C
C

,{BN
YjA

fqC
C

The elision of the referencing pronoun (fBA
) is permitted if the pronoun is a verbal object,

hA
hA

as in: OjC B I honored he who stood, meaning: NjC He who I honored.

Know that (C C) are both declinable except when the beginning of its relative-clause is

elided, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {BN YjA fqC
C q Q} "Then We
l
will most certainly draw froth from every sect of them he who is most exorbitantly
C
rebellious against the Beneficent God," 80 in other words: fqC Whichever of them he

is most (rebellious).

:ubA

: mA BC .pnZ
iBqA n

G I iBr mG :iBqA
mG
jhA
.BR (g
ej Ag Ag)
SA
ej
.BR (M BM
BM)

jhA
.SA V
jvA
fBI
(C)

.fJ mN (Ag) Kj
(g) (Ag) Nn
MDM
e
.G B ,fI
jy U mG ,uA mA
jn

uA
: FmA

U ,hA)
.ANA NRM
jhA
(A
ej (hA
,AhA)

(hA)-1

SA
NRM ej
(MA
,AA
,A ,MAA)
(NA
,BNA)

(NA)-2

.U

.BU AeAjG SA jhA B
RM (B )-3
Nn

BJ ja

G yC
BNu
ifu hY AgG G BIj
B (C C)-4

.zA

I

.(hA) (g) (A
A)-5

:mC
R
. mA B-1
?iBqA
g \y ?jhA

.RDI G iBr I ?SA
G iBr AgBI-2

.h BR jgA ,uA mA
j-3

.B R ,ejA jhA
ejA
SBI wNbA uA mA jgC-4

.B R ,Bef ?RBI vNbA uA FmA B-5

.f ,SA
RC
U jhA
VI vNbA uA FmA jgC-6

R ?(C) (C) JM N-7
.h
g \y ?uA

.RDI mA B-8
fBA
NnM
-9
R ?(B) ()
.h

U
?vA hY kV
fBA N-10

I

R ?(hA)
.h (A A) NnM -11
R
. g `jqG
?(hA)
I (g) NnM -12

:iBM

,g ,Ag
. ,h U
,Ah :f BNA FmBI
jqC-C

: B FmC
iBqA XjbNmG-L
g G}-1

81.{ PB

82.{Ii z Ah}-2

Ag
.eA jC-3
FJC g}-4

83.{G KA

Y

BNJA
.BNB BMB-5
LBNA g-6
.f

h
.A OjNqG-7
PBAjA
:BNA
mA y-X
iBqG
UjA................-1
.B

.A.................jN BC-2
V
.RI BIE.............-3

y LBNA.............ha-4

.jA.................
84.{
Ki LBNA........}-5
B

:VA
uA FmA XjbNmG-e
BZJA
.(MD jM hA Ah)-1
Az
85.{iBvIC }-2

86.{Bq
f AE h
}-3
B fJC
87.{eJM

}-4
88.{qBa
Mu A
\C
hA f}-5

U
:f BNA PuA

aeC-_
,B ,NA
,hA
,AhA

,MAA ,hA ,BNA

VA
.BNA BA
BbA BJmB u BmA y-

f...........-1
?OJA

A haDM ............FU-2
.

jJaC.................-3
.Q
BBI
.ikA.............. PfBq-4
BA

.BmA f.............OjNqG-5

.NDm................OCi-6

BBJg.............BIBrA-7
.BfuC

:MD B LjC-k
M
. AaA
jq-1

89.{ N hA h}-2
jBmC
90.{A

G Ah G}-3

.J jA
BrZA
M NA vA-4

91.{BnY Byj A ~j hA Ag }-5

oBbA
jrA
pifA
THE TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON

BA
FmC :IAjA
A
THE FOURTH TYPE: Verbal Nouns
C (fk C (Afk

PB)
,C
fi) :R ,yBA

jA mA
I :A
mG

()
.lG ,OJQC C (B) ,V JC C (Y) ,Aha C (B) ,fI

I
(AjM)

,lG
I
:R
(Al)
,QRA

I (B)

jA

k
,mB

.jMC
The Verbal Noun: Every noun having the meaning of a command and past-tense verb,
Be away Zaid, in other words
like: Afk fi Slowly Zaid, in other words delay him; fk PB

be distant (from me); B, in other words: Take s.th.; Y, in other words, come close and

hurry; B Your place, in other words, take/acknowledge you place (among us);
Upon you, meaning required (upon you).

(Bn
B) :Z ,S u C ,iVA I (iBV)
:Z ,j
Aifv (B)
I Z f
.iBzY
I
(B B) ,mB
h L B
B ,RA B C , I
Pjg
B
.JmB

BG ,BA FmC

On jaA
QRA

Sometimes, the pattern (B
) has associated with it a definite Masdar, as in:iBV
, in the

), Immorality. Or (it is found existing as) an adjective for the feminine, as
meaning of (iVA

in: Bn
B O corrupt one!, in the meaning of (mB
); B B O Depraved One! in the meaning

). Or it is a proper name for notable females, like: iBzY ,L ,B. These last three
of: (
are not Verbal Nouns. They are only mentioned here due to the appropriateness (of their
pattern).

PAuA
A
FmC :oBbA
,LjzA
(B) ,LAjA Pv
() BZ (B)
R ,Pu I Y
mA :PvA
mG

.jJA

aB

(c)_
BJ

I
Pv
Pv
C ,|I

BzI BZ
iBVZA

THE FIFTH TYPE: Nouns (Mimicking) Sounds

The Noun of Sound: Every noun by which a sound is spoken, like: B Ghaq for the

for mimicking a knock; Taq
sound of a crow; B Taq for mimicking rocks falling upon
one another or for the sound animals make, like: c Nikh, for the braying of a camel.
:peBnA
PBJjA
A
THE SIXTH TYPE: Compound Words

.eBmA
C ByA JnA BI o C ,Jn BI o N Ki mA :KjA
lVA
zM

H
nM G...jr
fYC) :R ,\NA BFI KV
BjY KjA

BRA

Lj
G (jr

TQ B BjY
,PB zN
BRA G ,RB (jr
H
QA)

.(Lj f JI :R ,jvA
j
LAjG BRA LAjG
\NA A FI BZvC
The compound is every noun compounded of two words not having (a relationship of)

attribution between them. In other words, there is no relationship of Idafah or attribution
between them. If the second part of the compound implies the meaning of a particle, it is

required to be constructed based on Fathah (at its end), like: jr nM G...jr
fYC (the
), it is declinable like the dual.
QG
numbers 11-19) except 12 (jr

If (the second part of the compound) does not imply the meaning of a particle, then there
are three scenarios in language. The most eloquent of which is to base (the ending) of
the first word on Fath and give the I'rab of the second word the I'rab of the

f
partially-declinable noun, like: JI Ba'labakk; Lj Ma'dikarb.

:ubA
N
,mB
k J C jA
,yBA
f mG :A
mG

.ejVA (B
QRA

I Z
.Pu mG ,PvA
mG

.eBmG Jn BI o N Kj :KjA
ByG

:mC

R
. mA B-1
?A
BR AgB-2
Z
. jgC mHI
?A
R
?PvA
. mA B-3
mA
,KjA
BR
.h j-4
J N-5

,KjA
BR
.h

?jvA LAjG
j
Lj
BRA
\NA

KjA
A lVA
J PBZA
DI-6

R
.h

:iBM

VA
.BNA BA
FmC -C
92.{IBN
CjA
B}-1

ja
.A Y-2
B B-3
.fm
B n
.fm
-4

.(hA B PB)-5

:MD
B LjC-L
Li
.BA E-1

f
.Ci Al-2

B PB
93.{fM PB}-3

94.{C B M }-4

}-5
95.{nC


peBnA
jrA
pifA
THE TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON
:IBnA
PBBA
A

The Seventh Type: Kinayat

:R
O) ,J
SfY ef fN Oy FmC :PBBA
C ,(Ah ) :R ,J

.(Og
or metonymic words are words coined to signify an ambiguous number, like:
The Kinayat
This and
Many and Ah As such; or (coined to signify) an ambiguous event, like: Og O
that.

()
:n

.(?f BIBN ) :R ,lNA
Lv ej BfI MD B ,BNmG-1
,ijV
:Z C ,(NC
V B
) :R ,ijV ej BfI MD B ,jJa-2

) :M (B) fI ()
?N Ui f .jRNA
MD B ,(N BUi )
B
.(NC

() is of two types:

1-Interrogative, it is that a singular accusative noun comes after () as its Tamyeez,

like: f BIBN How many books are with you?

2-Informative, it is that a singular genitive noun comes after (), like: NC B

How
much money I have spent. Or a plural genitive (comes after it), like: N

How
BUi
many men have you met
B How much money have I spent. Its
NC
significance is abundance. At times, () follows both (the interrogative and
B
How many men you have met; NC
informative), you'd say: N Ui

How much money I have spent.

C (OIjy
)
?B AiBe C (B ) :R ,j l
B ()

hZ f

Ui
?OIjy

Sometimes, the Tamyeez of () is elided due to the existence of an indicator (in context),

like: ?B How much is your money?, meaning: ?B Bie
How many Dirham is your
How many have you struck?, meaning: ?OIjy
money?; ?OIjy

Ui How many men
have you struck?
H
B ,jzI

Nr j

l

fI B AgG BIv UA

C A

Aifv
H B
?OjC
G (!O
Ui
) :R

,I ,BmA ()

B !Pjm B ) :Z ,Bj B G (?Pik iBk ) :Z ,

.(?Ou

Know that for (), in its two perspectives, the Tamyeez occurs (either) as an accusative
when there is a verb following it whose pronoun is unengaged (with the Tamyeez). Then,

if the Mumayyiz of () is a noun, it will be an object (of the verb), like: ?OjC Ui How
many men you have honored? O
How many a servants have you owned. If a
Masdar Mutlaq,
(follows), it is the Maf'ul
How many visits have you
as in: ?Pik iBk

B
Feehi, if the Tamyeez is an adverb, as in: Pjm
visited? It is the Maf'ul How many

B How many days have you fasted?
days I have traveled; ?Ou

Ui ,Pij Ui
I) :Z ,BBz C
jY jY BJ B B AgG AijV M
Ui
Ui
.(Ou B ,OjNYA ?OY
(The Tamyeez) occurs as a genitive noun when that which precedes it is a genitive

particle or an Idafah,
Ui
as in: Pij
I How many men have I passed by; Ui
?OY Ui
Upon how many men have you ruled? OjNYA
The servants of how many
B
a men have I honored; Ou Ui

The wealth of how many men have I protected.

) :Z ,Bj BlM AgG CfNJ N ,jA
6q AgG j M

.(u ?jm
jq B ) :Z ,Bj B G AjJa ,(NjC Ui
?MaG Ui

The Mumayyaz (the quantified word) occurs as a nominative word when there is nothing
from the two matters (previously mentioned) existing. It is a nominal-subject when its

Tamyeez is not an adverb, as in MaG
Ui How many men are your brothers?; Ui
How many men I have honored. (The Mumayyaz occurs) as a predicate (Khabar)
NjC

when it is an adverb, as in: jm B How many days is your journey? u How
jq
many months is my fast.

:ubA

,() BnC .J
:n SfY
C J ef fM
FmC PBBA
ej BlM
,BNmG-1
.Lv
U
C ijV ej BlM
,jJa-2
.ijV

QQ
AC
: () LAjG

Bj C ,I
,jzI Nr
j fI B AgG ,KvA-1

.B Aifv C ,

.BBz C jU jY BJ B B AgG ,jVA-2

B
Bq
.Jm AgG ,jA-3

:mC

.B R j-1
,BA

.n
BR jgA () BnC ef-2

.h R ?N () l hY kV -3

R ?Iv M N ?ijV () M N-4
.h

g
.RDI \y ?j () M N-5
jJbA
?LAjA
BNmA () Y B-6

BjgC
.RC ?PBBA
FmC B-7

:iBM
()
VA
:BNA BlM -C

?f Bie -1
OjNqA
?LBNA ie
I-2

?jm B -3
BJmC
?Ou -4

?N Ajq -5

LBN -6
.PCj
B
Oz
?fA -7

VA
:BNA PBBA
XjbNmG-L

.iBrA

iB Ah Ah OCi-1
.Og O aC B-2
O
.O O ,Og
O
Om-3

.BIBN Ah Ah OjNqG-4
V
.OjNqA -5

B LjC-X
:MD

O
.PC C -1
BIBN
?OjNqA -2
O
aC Om-3
.Og

96.{jR OJ }-4

97.{ PBU AjM }-5

IBnA
jrA pifA

THE TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON

1-JA
jA :BRA
A
THE EIGHTH TYPE: Indeclinable Adverbs (1)

,BnC
: B Bjh
Indeclinable Adverbs are of some types, we will mentioned them in what follows:

B ,(OZM fI J) :R ,G DI ByA
BzA hY
B-1

n
,fI
6q J C ,{fI J jA }

:BM

) hZA B AgG Ah .(PBBA)
j Ah ,Ij OB G N B
J
.(fI jA
1-That adverb which is disjoined from an Idafah
Ilaihi (its 2nd
in that the Mudaf

term) is elided, like: J Before; fI After;

Above; OZM
Below. The Exalted has

said: {fI J "Allah's is the command before and after," 98 in other
jA }

6q J
words: fI From before everything and from after it. It is termed
.99 This is when the elision of the word was intended by the speaker,
Ghayat
J
otherwise, it is declinable. Based on this it could be read: (fI
).
jA

G BzM C Bjq ,ByA
PBBBI
BNk OI BG (SY)-2
BJrM

:BM A B (oBU fk SY
oUG)
:R ,VA

SY
{
UifNnm}


) Where, wherever. It is indeclinable only because of its resemblance to
2-(SY
due to its need of an Idafah.
Ghayat Its condition is that it be annexed to a
oUG
fk SY
sentence, like: oBU Sit wherever Zaid is sitting. Allah, the Exalted said:
SY
{
UifNnm}

"We draw them near (to destruction) by degrees from whence they know not." 100
ejA

:jBrA G BzM f
6z
BB
LBrB
B V m
SY jM BC

.B
I B (SY)_ m B C
At times, it annexes a singular word, as in the saying of the poet:

6z
LBrB
B V
m
BB
SY jM BC
As you see from where Suhail is rising, a star giving light like as meteor is luminous

) is in the meaning of (B) here.
In other words, the place of Suhail. Then (SY

AgG}

:BM
Z ,JNn iBu yBA

Oae G ,JNn
(AgG)-3

B {A
FU

jrA
.BJB jv

iBNbA .(B
,A orA AgG NMC):Z ,mA
VA BfI M C kV

:Z ,CfNJA BfI iBNb ,DUB M f .(orA O AgG NMC) :Z

.(A JnA AgH OUja)
3-(AgG) When. It is for the future. If it is entered upon the past-tense verb, it becomes

present-tense (in meaning), as in His, the Exalted's words: {A
jv FU AgG} "When
101 ),
there comes the help of Allah..." In it is the meaning of a condition (jrA
mostly.

AgG NMC
It is permissible that a nominal sentence will occur after it, as in: orA

I will come to you when the sun is rising. The verbal sentence is preferred,
B
O
as in: orA

AgG NMC
I will come to you when the sun is rising. At times, it
occurs to signify suddenness, then, the nominal subject (Mubtada) is preferred

JnA AgH OUja
(to occur after it), as in: A I left, then (suddenly) a beast was
standing (there).

.(B gG NU)
O
orA gG ,orA ,yB
(gG)-4
:Z

gG OU I came, then, the sun
O
4-(gG) Then. It is for the past-tense, as in: orA

orA
gG (I came) then the sun was rising.
rose; B

:ubA

Lj
.J A

TfY ,B

C f
Bk
mG jA
JA
:

jA
J)
fI :Z
,ByA
.(OZM A jA-1

.(SY)-2
.(AgG)-3

.(gG)-4

:mC

M N
R ?ByA
.h ?PBBA B-1

R ?Bjq B ?(SY) OI AgB-2
.h

R ?ej G (SY) BzM -3
.h

BR jgC ? ?jrA (AgG)
.h fM -4

g \y ?DUB
.BRI (AgG) N-5
MDM

:iBM
JA
VA
:BNA jA XjbNmG-C

SY
102.{jM J
Aj G}-1
103.{BG AzA
A C iBVM ACi AgG }-2
.zA C oV
SY
oUG-3

.J NCi B-4

. C BA
j

fJA Pj
AgG-5

VA
:BNA BbA
BA BJmB
BJ Bj y-L
..........
.jr
jAfA ifM-1

........... NC
LBNA BC-2

.BJV OCi Q OCi...............-3

.A fA..................NMC-4

.B orA..................NU-5

:a NZM B LjC-X
104.{NBmi V
SY C A}-1
105.{Aj hA
UjaC gG A jv f}-2

.BYBMj NmC
AjA SY OnU-3

.B jA AgH OUja-4
a
.LAvA LAVA YekA AgG-5
106.{J y J AB G }-6


BRA
jrA pifA

THE TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON

2-JA
jA
The Indeclinable Adverbs-2
I C ,?rM
,(?fM
C)
:Z

,BNmA I B C)-5
(C

.(C M C ,oUC
oVM
C) :Z ,jrA

5-(C C ) Where. Used to signify a place in the meaning of interrogation, as in:

C Where are you sitting? (And also
C Where are you walking? fM
rM

signifying) the meaning of a condition, as in: oUC oVM
C Where you sit, I will sit;

Where you stand, I will stand.
C M C

:R ,BBNmA
,(fC fM N ,jBmC
jBnM
N) :Z ,Bjq Bl
(N)-6

G KhM N)
N ?nA
.(?aC MD

6-(N) When. For signifying time as a condition, as in: jBmC When you
N
jBnM
fM
travel, I'll travel; fC When you sit, I'll sit. (And it signifies) interrogation,
N

like: nA KhM
G When are you going to the market? ?aC MD
N When will
N
your brother come?
:Z
C C (?OC )
FU ,BY
) :Z ,AjJa C ,(fBa ()-7
BNm
.BY

FU
7-( ) How. For interrogation about the state (of something), as in: fBa

How did Khalid

come? Or (interrogative regarding) information, as in: ?OC
How are you? In other words, in what state.

:Z

,BBNmA
.{fA
BC} Bl
(BC)-8
"When is the
) When. Signifying time as an interrogation, as in: {fA
8-(BC BC}
107
day of judgement."
B) :Z
h Afk OCi
(VA BIAU
,(N)_
C
fA (h h)-9
I
I
,VA OA
BG Ni f

C

C (?OCi B N) :B LAU

,()_
) :B LAU (B
h NCi B)
:Z U
BIAU \u G fA

.B
B NCi B f U C (?Afk OCi B f

9-(h h) Since. In the meaning of the beginning (time) period as a reply (to a

word) like (N), as in: VA
h Afk OCi B I haven't seen Zaid since Friday, in
B N
response to he who said: ?OCi

When did you not see (Zaid), meaning the

beginning period your seeing him was interrupted was Friday. (It signifies) the

meaning of (an entire) period, if it is an appropriate answer (to a word) like (),

NCi
h
as in: B

B I have not seen him since two days, in reply to he who had

said: Afk OCi B f How much of a period (of time) is it that you haven't seen
Zaid? In other words, the total period (of time) that he had not seen him within is
two days.
,B
C BI
(f) jA
(f ,(f)
BA) :Z I
f)-10
(f
,f ,f) PB .(f f) g jNr

,f ,f ,f ,izZA jNr
.(f
10-(f ) In front of. In the meaning of (f
f BA
) With, as in: f
The money is

before you. The difference between the two is that (f) signifies a place and

presence (izY) is not conditional in it. That (presence) is conditional in (f ).
f

,f
In (these words) are variations in language: (f ,f ,f ,f ).
,f
.( B) :Z
NCi ,A
yB
()-11

B I have never seen.
11-() Never. For the negated past-tense, as in: OCi
,A
.AfIC A (~ IjyC
) :Z JNn
(~)-12

) Never. For the negated future, as in: ~
12-(~ I will never hit him,
IjyC
meaning forever.

Ah} :BM
Z ,\NA
BFI kBU U G jA OyC AgG C A
.(hY R
h)
,{fu eBvA
Ljy
C j NIjy ,fk Ljy :M (C C B) (j
B R OIjy
R)
h

C R
.(M ,fk
B
Know that when adverbs are annexed to a sentence, it is permissible to construct them

based on Fath,
as in His, the Exalted's saying: {fu eBvA Ah} "This is the day
their truth shall benefit the truthful ones." 108
(Also) like: h

A day when...; hY
A time
when...

B R OIjy
R) when used with (C ,C ,B). You would say: fk Ljy
Likewise, is (j I struck
C j
the likeness of what Zaid struck; fk Ljy NIjy
I struck him other than that (manner)

which Zaid struck; M C R B
My standing is similar to that (manner) you stand.

:ubA

jA
:JA I

C)-5
(C

(N)-6

()-7

(BC)-8

(h h)-9

f)-10
(f

()-11

(~)-12

:mC

eAjG
.RC g jgC ?(C C) NnM -1
g \y ?(h

.RDI ,h ,BC ,) NnM DI-2

U
.fA (h
I h)_
R-3
f)

B-4
R ?B ?(f
.h
R
,g
. `jqG ?(f) (f f) I jA B-5
,)
?(~ NnM
N-6

R ?\NA
.h jA JM N-7
,R)
?(C C B) (j Y B-8

:iBM

: B jA XjbNmG-C

?MDM N KhM C-1

.re G jBm h NCi B-2
.BNm

h BIBN -3
jNqC

f
?xBui -4
-5
C
.~
B-6
MCj
.

?BY -7

U
:f BNA jA NmG-L
,C
.C

, ,f ,h , ,N

PBAjA
:BNA BJmB Bj y-X
.KgC KhM...............-1

B-2
.........Nm

?aC BY......................-3
LBN..................-4

?

.BAj...........mifA -5
fBqC
haE
.............LBNA -6
A
109.{\NA
jv FU............}-7
:MD

B LjC-e

110.{Ah C

j
B B}-1
111.{BBmj BnA
BC Dn}-2

.BC
QQ h pif NCi B-3

112.{C gG f

O B }-4

R
. Bj OCi B-5

mBNA
jrA pifA

THE TWENTY-NINTH LESSON

v FJA
LAjA
j
- YA
mA
BYC jBm
:MBbA
THE CONCLUSION: The Various Rules Of The Noun And Its Related Matters: Non
Declinable Words and Fixed Construction.
In (the conclusion) there are a number of sections:
vA

:A
jNA
jNA
THE FIRST SECTION: The Definite And Indefinite Noun

.j :n
j
mA
The noun is of two kinds: Definite and Indefinite:

Nm G nM
:BnC 6q f mA ,jA-C
,

PAjzA-1

A-2

PuA
PAiBqA
FmC C ,PBJA-3

jA-4
BI

G
BfYC BzA-5

jA-6
EfBI

). It is a noun signifying something specific and it is divided into six
a) Definite (jA
categories:

) Pronouns.
1- (PAjzA

) Proper Names.
2-(A

) Inexplicit Nouns, meaning Demonstratives (PAiBqA) and Relative
3-(PBJA
).
Nouns (PuA

) A noun defined with the Definite Article (jNA
4-(BI jA A)

5-(BfYC BzA
G ) The Mudaf
(annexed) to one (of its two kinds)

) A noun defined with the Vocative Particle
jA
6-(EfBI
Q ,(OC)
,KBA :Z Q ,(Z
,KBbA
BC)
:Z ,NA jzA

jC
iBA
,fYA
6r y B ,A Q ,() :Z
:Z yI j
BN SZI

Q ,(UjA) :R ,BI
jA Q ,BZ (hA ,Ah) :R ,PBJA Q ,(fk)

Q ,G
BzA

LBN)
,(fm :R , ByG
BfYC BzA
G

.E
F 6r (Ui jA
B) :R ,EfBI

The best known of the definite nouns are pronouns of the first-person, as in:Z
BC

I and We. Then, the second-person, as in: OC You. Then, the third-person, as in:
He. Then, the Proper Name, and it is that which is coined for something specific

whereas another does not take it as a single coinage, as in: fk Zaid. Then, the
Ah This and He who, and similar to these two. Then, the

Inexplicit Nouns, like: hA

like: UjA
noun defined with Lam, (annexed) to one of its
The man. Then, the Mudaf

A book of Zaid. It is the
LBN

two (types) as an Idafah related to meaning, like: fk
strengthening of the Mudaf
Ilaihi. Then, the noun defined with the Vocative
Particle, like: Ui B O man! (spoken) for something specific.

Ui
.(pj ) :Z , 6r y B ,jA-L
j

b) Indefinite (jA
). That which is coined for something non-specific, as in: Ui A
A horse.
man; pj

eAfA

FmC
vA
:BRA
THE SECOND SECTION: Numbers

f
FqA

eBYE mG
y B ,efA
Numbers are that which is coined to signify the quantity of units of things.

.(C B ,jr G...fYA)
BNmA
fYA
jr BNQA efA
FmC
uC
AfYA

Ui M ,FNBI
Ui SA FNA
fI
jhA C ,pBA
QA

NQA MCjA fYA
.NQ CjA ,QA

The foundation of numbers are twelve words: one through ten, one-hundred and
one-thousand. One and two are used according to (common) rules, meaning the
masculine is found without the (Feminine) Ta while the feminine is with the (Feminine) Ta.

Ui Two men. In women: fYA
One man; QA

You would say: fYA Ui CjG One woman;
MCjG

NQA
NQ Two women.
,(BUi
jr

G BUi

QQ) :M ,FNBI
jh
C ,pBA
a

QQ
jr G

G n

jr
.(n S
TQ) :M ,BfI
From three to ten is in variance to the (common) rule, meaning it is masculine with the

You would say: BUi
(Feminine) Ta. QQ Three men...to BUi
jr Ten men.

,CjA jr NQA ,CjA jr fYG ,Ui jr QG ,Ui jr fYC) :M jrA fI

.(CjA nM G Ui jr
jr nM G CjA
jr
TQ ,Ui jr QQ

After ten, you say: Ui jr fYC Eleven men; Ui jr QG Twelve men; CjA jr fYG Eleven

women; CjA jr NQG Twelve women; Ui jr QQ Thirteen men; CjA jr TQ Thirteen
jr
nM
Nineteen men and CjA
nM
jr Nineteen women.
women... until: Ui

,CjA
fYA Ui G j
nM I ,CjA jr ,Ui jr) :M g fI

,EUi
nM
.CjA
nM
F nM
nM G CjA jr fYG ,Ui jr

After that you'd say: Ui jr Twenty men and CjA jr Twenty women, without any

difference until Ui nM Ninety men. (You'd say:) Ui jr fYA Twenty-one men and

CjA jr fYG Twenty-one women until: Ui nM nM Ninety-nine men CjA nM nM
Ninety-nine women.

:ubA

:n

G mA
n
.YA

mA U
BYC

BnA G
:BNA ,
nM 6r y mA :jA-C

jzA-1

A-2

PBJA-3

jA-4
BI

G
BfYC BzA-5

jA-6
EfBI

6r
j
. y mA :jA-L

jr BNQA uC ,FqA
.
eBYE mG :efA
f mG

(10-3) ,FNBI ,FNA
SA fI
jhA

pBA

(2,1) BNmA

.pBA a


:mC
?mA BnC
B-1

ef
.f eAjG
RC BBnC

,jA
j-2

.B R B-3
?jA

mA
?uC B ?efA B-4
-5
Nn
?(2,1) AefA

BNmA
.(10-3) eAfA jgC-6

fI
?jrA efA Nn -7

jhA
?B SA I j fU ?jrA fI eAfA NnM -8

:iBM

: B iBA
PAjA XjbNmG-C

LBN
AjVA
.Fn
PCj-1

.mifA A
G FU-2

.YBnA Ui OCi-3
mBI
.j f Z-4
KMB
.jq -5

ha Ui
.fI B-6

B OjNqG-7
.AffU

B rA JyA
:MD efA efA KNC-L
;JB19 ; 143 ;Ui 21 ;BN 12 ;i 7 ;LBN 3 ; 16 ;Fn 4 ;Ui 5
.JJ 15 ;pf 14

B LjC-X
:MD
vA-1
e
.fA
113.{Nig
vA
Li}-2
UA

N
114.{C f
EjA Ah G}-3

jr BQA vA -4
.BJB
mifA
. LBI-5


pifA
QRA
THE THIRTIETH LESSON

FmC
efA I

The Remaining Numbers

Ui
BC ,CjA BNB Ui C ,CjA B Ui
BNB ,CjA C Ui B) :M

B pB Nn BA A eAk AgH ,SA

jhA

I
j
I

(CjA BC

.Oj

B One-Hundred Men and CjA
You would say: Ui C
B One-Hundred women; Ui
C One-thousand women; Ui

One-thousand men and CjA BC Two-thousand men and BC
Two-thousand women, without any difference between the masculine and feminine.

CjA
When the number increases above a thousand and a hundred, it is used according to the
rules with which you are acquainted.

,Ui jr fYA B A f)
:M ,PAjrA
eBYA BA A fM

na
IiC
,Ui
BQA B
,(Ui Jm
B E
IiC jr TQ BC

g
.pBA

The thousands precedes the hundreds and the ones precedes the tens, you would say:

Ui jr fYA With me are 1,121 men; Ui jr BQA
B C f B 2,322
TQ BC

men; Ui IiC na B Jm E
IiC 4,745 men. Based on that are the (remaining)
rules.

:M B ,B
jg
efA
Nn
B l
lA QA C A
fYAA

B fI eAfA
.l jBm
BC ,(Ui
Ui
f)
Know that the numbers one and two have no Mumayyiz because the word of the

Mumayyiz is free of need in mentioning a number in one and two, as you'd say: Ui f

Two men. Regarding the remaining numbers, then they
With me is a man and Ui
require a Mumayyiz.

AgG G
B
lA
,(n TQ BUi
QQ) :M ,V ~b jrA G QRA l

C PB
. TQ pBA TQ)
,(B ,BA
:M ,Aej Byb hZ
The Mumayyiz of the numbers three through ten are genitive and plural, you could say:

TQ
QQ Three men and n
BUi Three women, except when the Mumayyiz is the word

one-hundred. At that time, it is genitive and singular, you'd say: B
TQ Three-hundred,

TQ Three-hundred or
while the rule is: PB TQ .

,CjA jr fYG Ui jr fYC) :M ,ej Lv ,nM nM
G jr fYC l

nM nM Ui nM nM
.CjA

fYC Eleven men
jr
The Mumayyiz of 11 to 99 are accusative and singular, you'd say: Ui

and CjA jr fYG Eleven women; Ui nM nM 99 men and CjA nM nM 99 women.

B ,Ui
BNB Ui
B) :M ,ej ~b A U BNRM C B l

QQ ,Ui
E
QQ ,CjA BC CjA C ,Ui
BC C ,CjA BNB CjA
Ui
E
.g o ,CjA

The Mumayyiz of one-hundred, one-thousand, their dual (200, 2000) and plural of a

B 100 men and Ui
thousand are singular, genitive words, you'd say: Ui BNB 200 men;
B BNB

CjA 100 women and CjA 200 women; Ui BC 2000 men;
C 1000 men and Ui
C 1000 women and CjA
BC 2000 women; Ui E

CjA E
QQ 3000 men and CjA QQ
3000 women, and continue the rules based upon that.

:ubA
fYAA
fI .QA
Bj

lA

I efA
jg Nn :efA
lM

.B efA
lA jg
eAfA
hY ,BA

lA B AgG G

G QRA lA
V ~b jrA
.Lv (99-11)_ lA
ej
,AijV Aej
A
ej
.ijV A BA
U BNRM lA

:mC

jhNA
?SDNA SY BA A I j B -1

R ?JMj BiA KNM -2
.h
fYAA
jh
?QA
lA
efA -3
fI
?BA lA B-4
LAjG

nM
?(nM
G...jr
fYC) efA
l LAjG B-5

:iBM

:h
KmB
l
BNA
eAfA KNC-C
700 ,62 ,16 ,14 ,1109 ,698 ,124

VA
:BNA ihA
BJmB
l Aef KNC-L

................OjNqG-1

PjBm-2
.f...........G

.BJB..........FU-3

.JNA BIBN............PhaC-4

Ajm................OJN-5
.LBNA

VA
:BNA BJmB Al y-X

OZBu-1
...............jr

.................jr fYC Om-2

......................Nm OC-3

................QQ

.fzA Oy-4
....................C
.iBrA
PfBq-5
:MD

B LjC-e

.AjNe na OjNqG-1

.Bm jr Jm ONqG-2

OC-3
.NYBM

B
115.{fU B
fYA

AfUB}-4

116.{BJ jr fYC OCi G}-5

eBZA
QRA
pifA
THE THIRTY-FIRST LESSON

SDNA
jhNA
:SBRA
vA

THE THIRD SECTION: The Masculine And Feminine

jhA
.bI C B SDNA
.AjfM B SA S BG jh BG mA

The noun is either masculine (jhA ) or feminine (SA ). The feminine is that which has a
feminine sign, literal or estimated. The masculine is at variance with the feminine.

PB
: SDNA

:Z ,FNA-1
.B

:Z
.JY
,ivA A-2
EjY
,efA
:Z
.Eu
A-3
The feminine signs are:
) Ta,
1. (FNA as in: B
Fatimah.

as in: JY
A Hubla
2. (ivA
) Alif-Maqsurah, .
Hamra;
3. (efA
) Alif-Mamdudah,
A as in: EjY Eu Safwa.

,jvNA
BUi

if
if
:Z FNA

e ,FNA G

SDNA PB

.je (iAe) ;ziC (~iC)
An evidence of the Ta
None of the feminine signs are estimated except Ta. being

estimated is its return to the diminutive form, as in: ziC Little earth (~iC ); je (iAe) Little
house.

kBV
G jg B Y BG SA

,(B CjA)_ ,AZA

AkHI
B

SA
.Bf fmC
G
AgG A

BYC f .(
Oj bI
,) :Z ,ZA
), it is that which has as its opposite a
The feminine noun is either a True Feminine (Y

A woman; B A she-camel. Otherwise, it is a Figurative
male among animals, like: CjG
A spring.
) in variance with the True Feminine, as in:
Feminine (kBV Darkness;
You have become familiar with the rules of the verb, when it is attributed to a feminine
(subject), the verb does not reference (the feminine subject).
:IAjA
RA
vA
THE FOURTH SECTION: The Dual

B BMA ej f ,in ,BJ B `N F C C jaFI ZC
mG :RA
Ah .AjU
.\ZvA

BJv (Ui)
:Z
Bi (Ui) ,

attached to its end with the (consonant) preceding it
The dual is a noun having Alif and Ya
vowelled with Fathah
and the Nun is (vowelled) with Kasrah, in order to signify two
members in agreement, literally and in meaning, as in: Ui
Two men (nominative); Ui
Two men (accusative, genitive). This is in the sound noun.

(Av)
:Z ,uC

G ei
,QRA

(AA)

BJ
(A) B H
,ivA
BC

BJ
C ,QRA

jRA
(A) C (F)
BJ
B G ,(v)

.(BiBJY BYi)
B
:Z ,(F)

K ,6q

Regarding the Maqsur noun, if the Alif is converted from Waw in the three-lettered word,
Two staffs (v
the Alif will return to its origin, as in: Av
). If the Alif is converted from Ya,

in most three-lettered words, or it is not converted from anything, it will be converted to

Two hand-mills; B
as in: BYi
Ya, Two Bustards (a
Two places of amusement; BiBJY
bird).

G ,(AAj)
OB
:Z ,OJRM (Aj) :Z ,uC Ml OB H ,efA mA BC

,BUA
kBU uA
fI OB G (AAjY)
(F) C (A)
:Z ,AA KM SDN
.(AAei ,ABn
,AAei ,ABn)
:Z

noun, if its Hamzah is original, it remains fixed, as in: AAj
Regarding the Mamdud Two

). If the Hamzah is for the feminine, it is converted to Waw,
reciters (Aj Two
as in: AjY
red (things). If the Hamzah is substituted for Waw or Ya from its origin, two perspectives
are permissible, as in: ABn ); AAei
Two garments (Bn
,ABn ,AAei
Two cloaks (Aei ).

SDNA
vbA FM hZM (fk B FU) :M ,ByA
f
RNA

hY KV

6q RM
fYA
.Xk
BD

,BkN B (BC Bva)
:M ,uBa
A
A

}
iBnA
,VA
:BM I A
jJ ,RA G RA ByG fiC AgG

B
. BNUA
BBvMA B NRNA g ,{BfC
Aj AB
iBnA

B FU
The two
Elision of the Nun
of the dual is required with an Idafah, you'd say: fk

servants of Zaid came. The Feminine Ta is elided in (vbA ) Testicles, and (A ) Buttock,

and (A and BC
) in particular, you'd say: Bva , because they are inseparable. It is as like
they are the doubling of one thing, not pairs.
When you desire to annex one dual to another dual, you designate the first with the

plural, like the saying of the Exalted: {BfC "And as for the man who
AB iBnA iBnA
}
steals and the woman who steals, cut off their hands..." 117 That (rule) is due to the dislike
of combining two duals in that which both are in agreement, literally and in meaning.

:ubA
G
,(h)_I
B :jhA iBr
,AjfM
bI
C B SDNA
B :SA mA

iBr
.(Ah)_I G

FA J B \N in F C ,in C jaFI ZC
mG :RA mA

I I j
f RNA
.ByA hY KV .VA


:mC
R
. mA
?jhA B-1
R
. ef
BnC
,SA mA
j-2

jgC ?RA B-3
.RC

-4
R
.h J
R ?A C hA QRA
ivA
RA
?efA lA
N-5
OJRM
AgG (A)
J
jRA
\y ?QRA
B
C
(F) C hA ivA R -6

g
.BRI

R ?RA G yC AgG RA jJ -7
.h

:iBM
SA
jhA
VA
:BNA VA RA ejA XjbNmG-C

AfA
.mifA FU-1
YBm
.iAfA
A
OCi-2
KB
.g Ah-3

.BC fBnM BNA-4
BIj
.BeC
AIA-5

118.{B
Y eC
yj }-6
PAfAA

.nA
G Z Kg-7

:MA
FmA Q-L
,EjY

FQ ,ju ,v ,EY ,EjZu ,FI ,Ejza

:MD
B LjC-X

KB
.B

KB
BJr
B-1

119.{BjVM
B B}-2

.B
|J B
KZ :Ui -3
YBm -4
.Ejza OJA
.J B BnM
-5


BRA
QRA pifA

THE THIRTY-SECOND LESSON
:oBbA
VA
vA

THE FIFTH SECTION: The Plurals

ej
:

jNI jRD
eBYA QQ
f
mG :VA
U
,Ui
n U

BUi

.n
:Z ,-1
C ,()

() BzC ej H (fmC) k
k
_ () :Z ,jfM-2
G
ejA
()_ BuC nA zA ej
_ k () VA
ej
eU
BU
. f A :R VA
.Byj
Plurals are nouns signifying three and more units with a change in its singular form.
Plurals are either:
.
1-Literal (
), as in: BUi Men, the plural of: Ui

2-Estimated (jfM
), as in: Ships, on the pattern of: fmC Lions. Its singular is also

() but it is on the pattern of (), in other words, the plural in () is on the
pattern of its singular, but the Dammah
and Sukun in the singular are both

original, like () while in the plural, they are both incidental. Based upon this,

People, it is not a plural due to the lack of
and an example like (the word) A
existence of its singular.

:n VA
Q
,ej
:Z B ,\Zv-C
.(n) FI jN
.(BUi) ,ej
:Z
B
FI jM
,jn-L
Bm

.Bm S jh
\ZvA
:n
The plural, then, is of two kinds:
1-(\Zv
) Sound. It is that noun which does not alter the construction of its singular,
Muslims.
as in: n

) Broken. It is that noun which does alter the construction of its singular, as
2-(jn

in: BUi Men.

) and Feminine Sound (Bm ):
The sound plural is of two kinds: Masculine (Bm
jh S

,YN
:Z ,BJ B z (A) jaFI Z B
,BnA
jhA-1

,YN
:Z
.(n) ,BJ B in (F) C ,(n)
.gBr JQ
A ABI ( ,m)
yiC

BC

) Masculine Sound Plural. It is that noun having Waw,
1-(BnA
jhA the consonant

before it being Madmum, Maftuhah,
attached to its end (with) Nun as in: n
Muslims. Or (it has) Ya, the letter preceding being Maksur (with) Nun
Maftuhah,

as in: n
Muslims.
JQ
Regarding their saying: m
yiC , with Alif and Nun,
they, are
exceptions.

.FNA
Ba B
jh B C-BmA B G-BnA jhA
VA
jNr
, ,C
:Z LBI

B G
C-jg

ByG-

jNr u B G

R
,(jm)
B

(Ajm)

,)
,(
:Z
,(EjY)
R (jYC)

,ByBI
:Z hY KV iJu)
(\jU :Z ,SA
jhA
Nn

n)

Ah (jv
.\ZvA

Conditional in the masculine sound plural, if it is a name, that it be a proper name
for the rational male, devoid of the (Feminine) Ta. If it is an adjective, in addition
to that which has been mentioned, it is conditional that it not be from the
. Nor (the patterns): ,
patterns: ,BC, as in: jYC Red, its feminine is: EjY
. Nor from (the patterns) whose
, as in: Ajm Drunk, its feminine is: jm
masculine and feminine are the same, as in:iJu Patient; \jU

Injured. It is
required to elide the Nun
(of the plural) with Idafah, n
as in:jv The Muslims of
Egypt. This is in the sound noun.
hZM
B J ,C

ivA ,(Ai yB) :Z ,F hZN xA BC
:R

.(v) ,hZA f
A BYN BJ
is elided (when forming the plural), as in:
noun, its Ya
Regarding the Manqus
Judges; Ai
Shepards. The Maqsur
yB noun elides its Alif while whatever

in order to indicate the elided Alif, like: v

precedes (the Alif) remains Maftuh
Those selected.
u
C-jh

B G-jq ,FM
C
jaFI ZC

B ,BnA SA-2

,A
jh
C jr jh G ,(PBn) :Z ABI
U
f
,FNA
V H BmA B G ,(BZA
BI |BY) :Z AejV BR
.(PAf) :Z I FNA
,jq
2-Feminine Sound Plural. It is that noun at whose ending Alif and Ta are attached.
Its condition is, if it is an adjective having a masculine form, that its masculine
form is made plural with Waw and Nun, Muslim women. If it does not
as in: PBn
have a masculine form, its condition is that its feminine form not be a feminine
as in: |BY
devoid of the (Feminine) Ta, Menstruating woman; BY Pregnant
without any
woman. If it is a name, it may be made plural with Alif and Ta

condition, as in: PAf Hinds.

:Z ,BnBI
jM ,Jz j jR QRA
Nv jnA VA BC
(AfU

jBU)
:Z

,(B) k

QRA
j

(L pAjyC UiC)

jU)
.jvNA
Oj B ,BmB (fU U
Regarding the Broken Plural, its forms in the three-letter
noun are numerous and

irregular, known by usage, as in: UiC Legs; pAjyC Molars; L Hearts. In the

non-three-letter noun, (the broken plural is) on the pattern of (B
), as in: jBU
, according to the rule, as
Tables, the plural of: jU
Small rivers; AfU and: fU
you were made familiar with in Tasreef.

:n

BzC jnA VA C A

BC C) :A U IC ,Be B jrA B , U-1
N
.(fC

BC jqC)
:Z ,(C
Af B NIC
jrA

Nn .IiA h B B ,jR U-2

nDI

vIjN PBA } :BM
Z ,j jaA
y

B

.(AjC) eU
{j QQ
Know that the Broken Plural is also of two kinds:

1-(A
U) Plural of Smallness. It is that which is applied to ten and less. The

as in: ,BC ,jqC
, ,BC ,C
constructions of the Plural of Smallness are: C
,N
fC .

U
2-(jRA ) Plural of Abundance. It is that which is applied to that which is above
ten. Its constructions are patterns beside these four (previously mentioned).
Each of the two are used in place of the other with an indicator, as in His, the

QQ nDI
Exalted's saying: {j vIjN PBA } "And the divorced women
120
should keep themselves in waiting for three courses..." along with the

existence of (AjC).

:ubA

:MD B MBnM .jRD QQ e B :VA
-C

.(BUi) :Z
,-1

.() :Z
,jfM-2
-L

.ej B ,\Zv-1
:n FI jN

F
C ,YN A jaFI Z B :BnA
jhA VA-C

:Z
,n)
,YN
.(n
B
:Z
.(PBn) C jaFI
,FM Z SA
:BnA VA-L

:n
.(BUi) :R ,ej
FI jM B ,jn-2
B jrA
.Be B ,A U-1

.jrA B B jRA U-2

eU
.j f oBI

jRA y
A U Nn f

:mC
R
. ?n
Bn ?VA B-1
g \y ?BnC

B ?\ZvA VA
B-2
.RDI
R
jq
. jgC ?V ?BnA jhA VA B-3
R
. SA
?BnA J
VA
-4

R
. VA
,jnA
j-5

.RC
BAkC I ?jRA U B ?A U B-6

?jRA
g \y ?N
.BRI A
y U Nn -7

:iBM
VA
:BNA VA -C

121.{BE OB}-1
LAjA
ZUBA
.vA Oj-2

.JNA KNA OjNqG-3
jJ
.hNA ef
vA
-4

n
.PBIh -5

:BNA
FmA UG-L
,J
,Ui
,JAg
,nBU ,Yi ,Jn ,KMB
,pf ,

Bm ,mif ,pie ,LBN ,f ,Z

PBAjA
:BNA BJmB
BU aeC-X

Ah-1
.jU............

...............OJMi-2
.jA
..............PFU-3
.mifA

G................jBm-4

.eAfI

G Jh................-5
.YBnA

:MD
B LjC-e

122.{B
AjUC j A
PBZBvA AE hA A f}-1

Bn
.LA BU
bJA-2

B
.JNA
eA-3
.jBnA rN
NC iBVA
-4

.JA
PBBI PFU-5

SBRA
QRA pifA

THE THIRTY-THIRD LESSON
:peBnA
ifvA
vA
THE SIXTH SECTION The Masdar

.R (jvA LjzA) :Z ,BA Nr , TfZA mG :ifvA
f
:Z

,mB
QRA .BnBI
j

jM ,Jz j ejVA

QRA

NIC

.(....A ,BNmA BA)
BA
The Masdar
is a noun signifying action only. Verbs are derived from the Masdar,
as in:

LjzA
Helping, for example. The Masdar's
Striking; jvA construction from three-lettered

words is irregular and known by usage. From the non-three-lettered words, (its

construction is) according to rules, as in: ...A ,BNmA ,BA
,BA .

,Bk G B
:Z B j ,
C B G ifvA

.(z B fm jv) :Z ,BfN B G BzC I Kv ,(fk B JVC)

G .(j
B
Ljy Afk
JVC) :B ,ifvA
ifvA

kV
fM
Lv H
,(Aj
(OIjy)_I (Aj) BIjy OIjy) :Z ,J hA
B B

.(BIjy)_I

If the Masdar
Mutlaq,
is not the Maf'ul it governs with the government of its verb, meaning

B JVC
it gives the nominative state to its subject, if it is intransitive, as in: fk The
standing of Zaid amazed me. The Masdar also gives the accusative state to its simple

object (I ), if it is transitive, as in: z B jv Sa'eed's helping of 'Ali is a virtue.
fm

It is not permissible to advance the word governed by the Masdar before the Masdar.

Then, you would not say: j
Ljy Afk JVC 'Amr 's striking of Zaid amazed me. If the
Mutlaq
Maf'ul (is advanced), then it governs with the government of the verb preceding it,
) not
as in: Aj BIjy OIjy I struck 'Amr a strike. Therefore, (Aj ) is accusative due to (OIjy
).
due to the Masdar
(BIjy

mA BA
A mA :IBnA
vA
THE SEVENTH SECTION: The Active and Passive Participles
mG
:BA
A
A
.( C)
TfY
,TfZA
I

I
B
f () Nr mG
k ,BA

u (juB
j B)
:Z k Nu
ejVA
QRA
,jaA
:Z
af) J B
jn
,iBzA
jY
B z I

g iBzA
A

.(XjbNn
The Active Participle

(The Active Participle) is derived from () in order to signify the one who establishes an
action, in the meaning of the occurrence (of an action), meaning the occurrence of an
action from (that which the Active Participle represents). The Active Participle is taken
from the three-letter verb on the pattern of (B
), as in: B
(The one) standing; juB
Helper. In other than the three-letter verb, its form is on the pattern of the present-tense
verb form of that verb with Meem vowelled with Dammah in the place of the Particle of

the Present-Tense (iBzA
jY) and the vowel Kasrah placed upon that consonant before

its end, as in: af
Inside, entering; XjbNn
Extractor.

B
fm) ,CfNJA
:Z AfN
,BJNmA
BZA

B
G A

B FU) ,BZA
C) :Z
,BNmA
l C
,(B IC AjuB
fm :Z g C ,(IC

Ui
,A
juB :Z ,u C ,(Af C A fm
f) B B) :Z jY C ,(?fm

.(B IC

The Active Participle governs with the government of a verb, if it has the meaning of the

present and future tense and is supported by the Subject (CfNJA ), as in: IC B
fm

Sa'eed's father is standing. Or (it is supported) by the (word associated with) the Hal ( g
FU
), as in: B
BZA IC AjuB
fm Sa'eed came to me as a helper of his father 'Ali. Or (it is

BC
supported by) the Interrogative Hamzah (BNmA l), as in: fm Is Sa'eed standing?

Or (supported by) the Particle of Negation (A jY), as in: Af A fm B Sa'eed is not
B
standing now or tomorrow . Or (it is supported by) a noun modified (by an adjective)

(uA), as in: B
IC juB With me is a man helping his father 'Ali.
Ui f
B AgG Ah ,(oC
fm

.Aj juB
fk) ,ByA
:Z
yBA
OJU
B
H

BI
C Af C A B fm)
IC juBA :Z ,kA
U Nn
Bj B AgG
BC

(oC
.VA

If the Active Participle signifies the meaning of the past-tense, Idafah is required, as in:

fk Zaid was Sa'eed's helper yesterday, this is when the Active Participle is
juB
oC fm
indefinite.
As for when
the Active Participle is defined with Lam, then all tenses are equal, as in:

oC C Af C A B IC juBA Sa'eed is the helper of his father 'Ali now or tomorrow or
fm
yesterday. Therefore, it governs (like a verb) in all situations.

mG
A
A Nr mG

f fNA VA
.A iBzA

) :Z ,AjfM C (Ljz) :Z ,B () k ejVA
Nu
QRA
.(XjbNn

af)
BA
J B \NI iBzA
:Z ,jaA mB j
(Ej F
VA

C A IC iv fm) :Z ,BA
mA

ihA
AjrBI

.(Af

The Passive Participle
(The Passive Participle) is a noun derived from the passive-voice present-tense transitive
verb in order to signify the one upon whom an action has occurred.
) literally, as in:
Its form is taken from the three-letter primary verb on the pattern of (

Struck. Or (its pattern is) estimated, as in:
Ljz (Words) spoken; Ej
F Aim, extent.
From other than the three-letter verb, it is like the Active Participle (in that it is derived
from the) present-tense verb (except) with Fathah placed on the consonant before its

end, as in: af Entrance, entered; XjbNn Extracted.
The Passive Participle governs with the government of the passive-voice verb with the

conditions mentioned for the Active Participle, as in: Af C A IC iv fm
Sa'eed helped
his father now or tomorrow.

:ubA
G I A

Kv

BA

jI ifvA . TfZA f mG :ifvA

. kV ,B
fM
A
iBzA
Nr ,PJRA
,TfZA

I
ifu
mG :BA
f mG

,BZA
g
C
,CfNJA
AfN

,BJNmA
C BZA B
I
AgG
A

jNr BI Bj BA mA B G .uA C ,A
jY C ,BNmA l C

.BJNmA C BZA
I

,VA
Nr ,A
A f mG :A mG

jrBI

mA fNA
.BA

:mC
R
.
?ifvA B-1

R ?A
.h ifvA N-2
g `jqG

.RDI ?BfN Bk ifvA -3

g \y ?
.BRI ifvA
fN C kV -4
BRI
.f jgA
Nu ,BA
mA j-5
BA
RC
.h jgC ?QRA j mA Bv -6

R ?A
.h BA
mA N-7

?BA ByG KVM
mA N-8
,A

.f ,ejVA
RC Nr
QRA jgA
mA j-9
A
QRA
?ejVA j mA Nr -10

.RC
g `jqG ?A A mA -11

:iBM

: B mA BA
A mA XjbNmG-C

fB
.JNA OCi-1

JV-2
LeDNA
.mBI

mj
iBbA-3
.fI
KNA
.fA

XjbNn BRA Ah-4

.oC
KmBZA
jBm-5

?vA OC KMB C-6

.Af C A fm KAg B-7

:BNA
PBAjA
BJmB

mA C Aifv y-L
mA C B
BA................-1
.Nk

................-2
.Kj................A
...............f-3
.YBnA

..................LBNA-4
.fzA

fm..................-5
?A

......................EfA-6

................A ....................`BJvA-7

:MD
B LjC-X

.Y Bv KAi
fk-1

fU JA-2
.lUBA
F
ZA-3
.jMBm
.Bn jA
OZM Jb G-4

hC B
.u Li-5


IAjA
QRA pifA

THE THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON

mA JrA
zNA vA
vA :BRA
THE EIGHTH SECTION: The (Verbal) Adjective And The Superlative Noun

:JrA vA
The (Verbal) Adjective
A
I
.PJRA
I
B f k Nr mG

BVq Ku nY) :Z ,BnBI

jM-A

BA mA

u a
-BNu

.(g jq

B
mA ihA
.BA jrI
eBNA M
B

,uA B PijU
jy C OJv N ,vA B
jy BI Oi N

.(bA
nY ,Ba nY ,a nY ) :R
(The Verbal Adjective)123 is a noun derived from an intransitive verb in order to signify the
one who establishes an action with a meaning of permanence. Its pattern is at variance
with the pattern of the Active and Passive Participles, it is known by usage, as in: nY

Difficult; BVq Courageous; jq Noble; g Docile.
Good; Ku
The (Verbal) Adjective governs with the government of its verb, without exception, with
the condition of the dependencies previously mentioned in the Active Participle. When
you govern (another word) with the (Verbal Adjective) in the nominative state, there is no
pronoun in the adjective. When you make (the governed word) accusative or genitive,

then there is a pronoun of the modified-noun, like: a nY 'Ali is good in his character;

Ba nY 'Ali is good in character; bA nY
'Ali is good-natured.


mG
:zNA
The Superlative Noun

eBlI
.j uA

f
Nr mG

zC ) :Z ,K I
o ejV
QQ G J ,BJB (C) Nu

.(pBA

f J
QRA
B ejVA C KU BJ

C B B C ,QRA AfAk B H

BIv A fI
jh Q ,C jRA
BJA

:M B ,lNA g ifv C

frA

BIAjyA
.(fk jRC ,BUj \JC ,jY C ,BUAjbNmA fqC
)

.(jqC ,qC ,ifC) :Z , FU f ,j B B C mB
(The Superlative Noun) is a noun derived from a verb in order to signify a modified-noun's

excess over other than it. Its form is (C ) mostly. It is only constructed from the primary

zC
three-letter verb (which is not related in meaning to) color nor defects, as in: pBA
'Ali is the most virtuous of people.
If (the verb) is more than three letters, or it is related (in meaning) to color or defects, it is
required to construct it from the primary three-letter (verb) that signifies exaggeration,
intensity or abundance, first. Then, place a Masdar after it (derived) from that verb in the

accusative as a Tamyeez, as you would say: BUAjbNmA He was worst in removing,
fqC

extracting; jY C stronger in redness; BUj \JC more horribly disabled and BIAjyA
jRC
more disturbed than Zaid. Its rule is that of the subject, as has passed. It (also) comes
fk
for the object, as in: ihC
Most engaged; jqC
Most solemn; qC Most known.

QQ
:UC
BNmA
zC
B)
:Z fk)
zC
,(A
,BBz
:Z
.(CjA C-1

.(zA fk) :Z ,BI
Bj C-2

zC fk)
.(j :Z ,() fI MD C-3

The Superlative is utilized in three manners:
zC

as in: A zC fi Zaid is the most virtuous of people; CjA
1) The Mudaf, B

Fatimah is the most virtuous of women.

as in: zA fk Zaid is the most virtuous.
2) It is defined with Lam,

zC fk Zaid is more virtuous
3) The particle () is placed after it, as in: j
than 'Amr.
mA IB

kVM B
jhNA eAjA

Bj G BzA B G A
,BI kV

flA
zC ,A ,A
zC AflA
zC ,A

zC fk) :Z zNA
,u

A
zC A Bz A zC A z f ,A
AfA zC ,A

:Z

,jhNA
KV j
zC Ah) eAjA B G .(A zC A PBz PAfA

.BUi
zC Ui
In the first, the singular and masculine is permissible, if the Mudaf Ilaihi is defined with

Lam, just as it permissible for the Superlative Noun to agree with the modified-noun, as

in: A zC fk Zaid is the most virtuous of people; A zC A zC AflA
The two Zaids

zC A
zC flA
The Zaids are the most
are the two most virtuous of people; A
A
zC
virtuous of people; A z f Hind is the most virtuous of people; Bz AfA

A A
zC A
zC
The two Hinds are the most virtuous of people; A PAfA
PBz

The Hinds is the most virtuous of people. If it is indefinite, the singular and masculine are

required, as in: BUi
zC
Ui zC Ah These (two) are the most virtuous of two men
and these are the most virtuous of men.
flA
.(zA ,zA AflA

,zA fk) :Z ,IBA KVM
BRA
,j AflA
zC
,j

zC fk) :Z ,AfIC Ajh Aej KV
SBRA

zC
.(j PAfA
AfA ,j
f

zC flA


In the second, agreement is required, as in: zA fk Zaid is the most virtuous; zA

AflA
flA
The two Zaids are the most virtuous; zA The Zaids are the most virtuous.

zC fk
In the third, it is required that it is always singular and masculine, as in: j

zC AflA
Zaid is more virtuous than 'Amr; j
Two Zaids are more virtuous than 'Amr;

zC flA
j zC PAfA
The Zaids are more virtuous than 'Amr; j AfA
f
Hind, the two Hinds and the Hinds are more virtuous than 'Amr.

mA ,jzA
g

zNA

mA
,BA

jz

QRA UA

R mA I

Ui OCi B) :
zNA \u AgG G uC jBA

B) :B
OCi
C \v gG (nYC)_ B ZA H ,(fk ZA nYC

.(fk nZ
B ZA nZ
Ui
In the three manners (of usage), a pronoun is concealed in the subject and the
Superlative governs that pronoun. Originally, the Superlative does not govern an
apparent noun, except when it is permissible for a verb in the meaning of the Superlative

ZA

Noun to occur in its place like their saying: fk nYC
Ui OCi B I have
not seen a man with more excellent Kuhl in his eye than that in the eye of Zaid. Kuhl is
the
subject like (nYC), when properly it is said: fk
nZ Ui OCi B I
nZ B ZA
have not a man with excellent Kuhl
in his eyes as is excellent in the eyes of Zaid.

:ubA

lA
.PJRA Z
vI BvMA

f kA Nr mG :JrA vA
A

mA OfM
.BA jrI B M

j uA f
,u
Nu
eBk A
Nr mG :zNA mG
I
jrA AgH ,K
jNM o ,ejVA
G J
QRA (C)
,BJB

fI
ifv Q ,frA
jh
BJA

B ejVA
f C KV
J
QRA ihA

BIv

.lNA zM evA
A

C
zNA C
C BI Bj C BBz BG zNA
,() Nn

.uC jBA
mA

:mC

.g \y
BR jgA
BBNqA JrA vA j-1
g `jqG

.RC ?g jq B ?B JrA vA M N-2

.RDI
g \y ?jzA vA NZM N-3

mA j-4
.zNA

g \y ?zNA
.BRI mA u JM -5

R ?QRA
.h AfAk mA u JM -6
B G zNA

.RC
zNA
mA PBNmA
UC jgC-7
g `jqG

?zNA -8

.RC mA BA jz

:iBM

VA
:BNA
zNA mA JrA
vA XjbNmG-C

ByBI fqC
.j Ah-1

,BaC nYC
.AeU jRC \Bu
fm-2
Ku
.(jn jn
B
m )-3
piBZA-4
.BVq

.jq Ui IC-5

mA Jr
:zM u BNA y-L
FmA

a ,eU ,jR , ,jq ,j ,nY

MD
:VA
B
BJmB
zM
mA C Jr u y-X

............Ui aC-1

.BaC...........Ah-2

.mifA...............FU-3

...........G
.re PjBm-4
fm-5
.............KB

.jnA..................OCi-6

B LjC-e
:MD

BI
124.{nC
C JA}-1

125.{YAjA
YiC OC NYi
BaeC }-2
126.{NA fqC NA
}-3

iJu
.iq
A-4

.SJa enY BA-5

oBbA
QRA
pifA
THE THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON

jM
:BRA
Jm f ,A nA

THE SECOND PART: The Verb, its definition has preceded

:QQ BnC
.yBA-1

.iBzA-2

.jA-3
The verb's types are three:
1-(yBA
) Past-Tense Verb.
2-(iBzA
) Present-Tense Verb.
) Command Verb.
3-(jA

:yBA
A

j G ,\NA
J Bk

jy

J
,jJbA
Bk

f

,AA
:Z
B G

zA C (OIjy) ,nA
:Z
J G

,jZN

.(AIjy)
The Past-Tense
(The past-tense) is a verb signifying a time prior to the time of conversation. It is fixed (at
its ending) based upon Fathah,
if there is no vowelized nominative pronoun. Otherwise, it
as in: OIjy
is fixed based upon Sukun, I struck. Or (it is fixed) based upon Dammah, if it

as in: AIjy
were with Waw,

They struck.

A
:iBzA

jY
: B C
(MC) fYDI
mA Jr

LiBy)
.(XjbNn :Z ,(XjbNn
Ljz)
:Z
,BNBm
BMBjY

BMG-1
Afk

.(B G)
:M B ( Afk G)
:M ,BC

fDNA ae-2

ef
.jZA BBnM-3

mA
Jr
,BiBz
m
h
,BA mH

BJNmA BZA I jNr
C B

BIBr
m
.BA C
The Present-Tense
(The present-tense verb), with one of the letters (MC

) literally in its beginning, resembles
the noun in:

He is striking;
1-Agreement in their vowelled and vowelless consonants, as in: Ljz

XjbNn The one
He is removing s. th., then it is like: LiBy
The one striking; XjbNn

removing s.th.

) in its beginning,
of Emphasis (fDNA
2-The (correctness) of entering the Lam
Afk

you would say: Afk G
Surely Zaid is standing. Likewise, you'd say: B G
Surely Zaid is standing.
3-Equality between them in the number of letters.
Likewise, the verb resembles the noun in meaning in that it shares (its meaning)
between the present and the future, like the Active Participle. Due to that it is
in other words, resembling the Active Participle.
named Mudari',
YNA
vvbM A

,(Ljzm)

iBzA
:Z ,BJNmBI

(m
Bvvb nA)

:Z ,BZBI
.(Ljz)

B C ,BIjA
,jYC
:Z
(XjYf) IiC yB
B

z iBzA
jY

Ljz) ,Af
:Z
B YN
.(XjbNn

He will strike.
(nA ) make the present-tense particular to the future, as in: Ljzm
) and (m
vowelled with Fathah
The Lam Surely he
will make it particular to the present, as in: Ljz

is striking s.o.
The Particles of the Present-Tense are vowelled with Dammah

in the four-letter verb,
meaning in that which its past-tense has four letters, as in: XjYf

, and it is vowelled with
Fathah ,Ljz
.
in that which is aside from the four-letter verb, as in: XjbNn

gG g ,LAjA
mA

uA ,mA
FJA A
NIBr

uA C -IAjG
,lU
:Z Kv
i :QQ LAjG
iBzA AC .SA
U
fDNA

I vNM

jv
.(jv
C jv)
with the rule in the verb being fixed-construction (at its ending) due to its
Its I'rab,
(at its end). That is when the
resemblance to the noun while the rule in the noun is I'rab
Nun of Emphasis is not attached nor the Nun
of the feminine plural. The types of I'rab
of
C ,jv
the present-tense verb are three: nominative, accusative and jussive, as in: ,jv
.
jv

LAjG BuC
A
iBzA

of the Present-Tense Verb
Categories of I'rab

IiC
:UC iBzA
A
LAjG
of the present-tense verb has four perspectives:
The I'rab
\ZvA
ejBI

,nBI
j wNb
lVA ZNBI KvA zBI jA C :A

.(KN KN C KN) :Z ,JBbA
First: That it be nominative with Dammah,
accusative with Fathah
and Jussive with

Sukun. This category is particular to the
singular,
sound verb other than the
second-person feminine, as in: KN ,KN C ,KN.

jhA
VA
RNBI wNb ,BhZI lVA KvA A PJRI
jA C :BRA
,M OC ,
,M ,

B) :M ,j C
BZZu
JBbA ejA

AM M ,M
.(M ,AM
Second: That it be nominative with the establishment of the Nun, accusative and jussive

with (the Nun's) elision. This category is particular to the dual, the masculine plural and
the second-person feminine singular, sound or otherwise, you would say:

,AM
M ,M ,M
,AM ,M ,M
OC , ,
B
wNb ,A

wBBI hZI
lVA
ZNBI
KvA
zA
jfNI
jA C :SBRA
j
,l

,l j
) :M ,JBbA VA RNA
j FA
AA
j
.(l

Third: That it be nominative with the estimation of Dammah, accusative with Fathah
and
jussive with the elision of the final consonant. This category is particular to the Naqis verb
with Ya and with Waw, other than the dual, plural and second-person feminine, you would
j

say: l j ,l ,l .
j

,A
wNb

wBBI
hZI
lVA
ZNA
jfNI KvA
zA
jfNI
jA C :IAjA

,n
,n
.(n ,JBbA
) :Z VA

j
RNA
A

Fourth: That it be nominative with the estimation of Dammah, accusative with the
estimation of Fathah
and jussive with the elision of the final consonant. It is particular to

the Naqis verb with Alif, other than the dual, plural and second-person feminine, as in:
,n
n

,n

:ubA

.jA

iBzA

yBA

G ,QRA
n kA
fYDI f
jN
:A
z

.zA Bk f
:yBA
A
iBzA
(MC) jY
fYDI

mA Jr
,BJNmA
BZA
Bk

f :iBzA

A

,BiBz
h
,(m) iBzA
C (nA) Oae AgG BJNmBI A wNb m

.(YNA A)

Oae wNb
AgG BZBI

.mA iBzA
NIBr A Lj

:mC

A
.yBA j-1

.h N ?nA
R ?zA yBA A J N-2

?AgB ? C iBzA A Lj ?iBzA B-3
A
A
LAjG
R ?iBzA
.h B-4
g `jqG

?BiBz
eAjG
.BR iBzA
A m AgB-5
.g RC
A J
PB ?iBzA
N-6
B-7
.RDI
g \y ?\ZvA ejA
A
iBzA LAjG PB
g `jqG

.BhZI
eAjG
.RA lVM KvM A PJRI
jM NA BA
u jgC-8

?FA AA
wBA
A
-9
Lj

wBA A PB
jgC-10

NbA
.BI LAjG


:iBM
VA
:BNA BIAjG
BAC BA

-C
J
.YBnA
eA-1

BJN
.fzA jNM Kk-2
\V
.BZNA n
KBA-3

. mA-4

127.{C
N
f Ah G}-5

EjA

YBm
.mifA BJM BNJA-6

PBAjA
:BNA BJmB
y-L

G KBA...................-1
.mifA
YBm
.mifA ...............LA-2

.............-3
.vA
.OJA
..............PBJBA-4
fVA
.pifA

FQC............ KBA-5

LAeA LA............A-6
.mA

.................... nA-7

:a NZM B LjC-X

A
.N \uC Mjjm \uC -1

BV PBJNrA
.PBjZA jM -2
KBvA
A NIA
.BiBJI iBu -3
BfA
-4
Oa
.Bj
jJA
fA-5
Yj
.jvA jNZ LhA

peBnA
QRA
pifA
THE THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON

jA iBzA

The Present-Tense Nominative Verb
,jBn
,kBVA
:Z
) KuBA

fjVM
,
jA BA
iBzA

.(n ,j
,l

The government in the present-tense nominative verb is related to meaning. (The
government related to meaning) is the verb's being free of accusative and jussive
government, as in: n ,j

,l ,jBn .

iBzA
LvA
The Present-Tense Accusative Verb

C fiC)
nZ :Z ,gG

C
:nbA
jYA
fYC LvA

iBzA

BA

Jm (C) jfNI

gG ,VA aeC OmC ,IjyC
,( A j BC ,G aC

Jm vb By
:BnC jr
The government in the accusative present-tense verb is due to (the presence of) one of
five particles: gG I desire that my brother do good
C fiC
C , as in: G aC nZ

BC I will never strike you; VA aeC OmC
toward me; IjyC I accepted faith in order to

enter paradise; A j
gG Consequently, Allah will forgive you. (Also due to) the

) in seventeen situations condensed into seven divisions:
estimation of (C

.VA aeC NY OmC :R ,NY fI-1
fk
.v () fI-2
,
B :Z

A
.{Ih

B B} :BM
Z
,eZVA ()
fI-3
FA
;(LhN wM ) :Z ,A

;(nN mC :Z ,jA LAU AA fI-4

;(j ,A
,NA BilM B) :Z ;(?VN M ) :Z ,BNmA

.(Aja KvN BI lM C)
:Z ,~jA
B
;(D

O)

:Z

mC)
:Z
,IAjA

nA
fNA iA
LAU
AA
h AA fI-5

jaE
.RA G (...nM

.(Y M
C NU) :Z ,(G) I (C) fI-6

B
.(XjbM :Z
JVC) ,BZju BmG A B AgG A
A
fI-7
), like: VA
1-After (NY aeC OmC I submitted (in faith) until I will enter the
NY
paradise.

fk B Zaid stood in order to pray.
2-After () in the meaning of (), as in: v

A
), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {Ih
3-After (eZVA B B}"But Allah was
not going to chastise them." 128

4-After (FA) occurring in reply to a command (jA mC
), as in: nN I will submit,
), as in: LhN
wM Do not be
then you must submit; (after) a prohibition (A

), as in: M
disobedient, you will be punished; (or after) interrogation (BNmA
Do you know, then you will be successful?; (or after) negation (A
?VN

), as in:

BilM B You do not visit us, then we will honor you; (or after) a statement of
j

hope (NA B O I wish I had money, then I would spend it (for
), as in: D

), as in: Aja
good); (and after) propositions (~jA KvN C Is it not that after
BI lM
you landed with us, then you were affected by goodness.

5-After (AA) likewise, occurring in reply to matters preceding in the fourth section,

mC
as in: nM I will submit and you must submit...until the end of the
examples.129

6-After (C ) in the meaning of (G), as in: Y
M
C NU I will come to you until you
give me my right.

7-After (A B
A), when the appositive is an apparent noun, as in: XjbM
JVC
Your standing and leaving surprised me.

,A iBG
kV

:Z A

,(VA aeC
OmC) :Z , ()

(C)
C B
.(XjbM
JVC)

) BiBG KV
.( :Z ,BNNUA AgG ()
BA
) with () in the meaning of ( ), as in: VA
It is permissible to combine (C

aeC OmC I
surrendered (to faith) so that I will enter into paradise; (and combine) with the Waw of

Apposition (A A), as in: XjbM
C B JVC Your standing and that you are leaving
surprises me.

C A
bA
,RA BG I ,iBz
JuBA On
A
fI
AA (C)

C ,BUA

B ,A
kV fI
AA
BC
,{yj
m C }
:BM
Z

C jvm
,A
C C) :Z
.(jvm fI AB
BVM C ,BI KvM

) occurring after (a statement of) knowledge, it is not an accusative
Know that (C
governing agent for the present-tense. Rather, it is only a lightening (of the effect of
government) from the heavy (accusative) government, as in His, the Exalted's saying:

{yj "He knows that there must be among you sick." 130 Regarding its
m C }
occurrence after supposition, then two perspectives are permissible: that it be made
accusative due to (the supposition) or that it made like that which occurs after knowledge,

as in: jvm C jvm C C I suppose that I will help him.

iBzA
lVA
The Present-Tense Jussive Verb

jZA
:BNA BA
fYC lVA iBzA

BRY
C BgG B G : ,AkBVA ,BA
() jA () B
jNZM ,w B ,jBn
,
G ,LjzM
) :Z ,ifA G
C
C

.(BjaE

G...jNYC

The government in the present-tense jussive verb is due to one of the following particles:

) and the words of requital (AkBVA
(); (B ); (BA
); (jA ), and they are:

ifA G C C BRY C BgG B G
He did not travel; w B He had not (yet) disobeyed;
as in: jBn He must spend;
Don't Strike!; jNYC G If you are respectful I will be respectful, until the
LjzM
jNZM
examples' end.
BAe

()
.J B C G h
fI BM (B) B ByB iBzA

KM C A
f)
fk

:M ,fA B C ,(B fk
f)
:M ,(B) hY kV
fI A
.(

Know that () governs the present-tense as a negated past-tense verb and (B
) is like that
except that there is an expectation after and a continuity before it.131 It is permissible to
), you would say: B fk
elide the verb coming after (B
f Zaid regretted and yet,
B Regret had not yet benefitted him. You would not say: fk

meaning: fA
f .

:ubA
:iBzA
LAjG

KuBA AejV iBzA
j
.kBVA
B AgG

.(ifA G gG , , ,C) : ,nbA KuAA
fYC ae

AgG Kv

A .RA
fI AA On
b BG ,JuBI A

fI
AA BC
(C)

.A fI
AB BVM C kV B JuB BU kV
fYG
C (A
,jA

,B ,) : ,kAVA
fYC ae AgG iBzA lV
A

,BRY
.(ifA G C ,C
, ,C ,BgG ,B ,G) :
,AkBVA PB

e BRA
.A fI N A C (B) () I jA

:mC
B-1
?iBzA
A
i

BA

A
RC
.f eAjG iBzA
A Kv ef-2

RC (C) ifM yA
.f iBzA Kv
na jgC-3

.h R ?iBzA (C) iBG KVM N-4
G -5

R ? C iBz
.h JuB A fI AA (C)
fI
?A AA
(C) Y
B-6

.B R ,lVA
A ef-7

.f Bef
RC jg
PAkBVA
PB
ef-8
(B )
R ?BI jA B ?iBzA
.h M AgB-9
BR
.f g jgC ?(B) fI A hY kV -10

:iBM
B
KvA ,lVA iBzA
B lVA
:MD ,LvA XjbNmG-C
pifM
.\VM G-1

NM
C KYC-2
.ZA
pif -3
.KBA
B pifA
. eZ Cj-4

mifA
.MC G OU-5

M
.N -6

D O-7
Jm
.A B

PBAjA
:BNA BJmB BiBz y-L

.Aja KvN Bf.............C-1

C................-2
.M

.\VN............-3

.BI........... B OeC-4

.........C YBV jm-5

.........aC nZM B-6
................._ fm FU-7

:MD B LjC-X
EjA
.LhNM CjM
G-1
132.{LBnY jI

Fr kj A }-2

133.{DI
G nA jA Z }-3
134.{BnYA jD
fBI A G}-4

f
.CjA bA-5

IBnA
QRA pifA

THE THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON

AkBVA iBzA
A

THE PRESENT-TENSE VERB AND WORDS OF REQUITAL

nM A
KJm
,BR C fN NU
afM-BmA C OB BjY-AkBVA

BRA
Bjq
.AlU A

A word of requital (AkBVA ), be it a particle or a noun, is entered upon two sentences in
order to signify that the first sentence is a cause for the second. The first is termed the
condition and the second, the requital.
KV iBz AlVA jrA

B G Q
BB G (jC G)
jM :Z ,B lVA

lVA KV
,B B
yB

,ByB fY AlVA B G ,(OIjy OIjy G) :Z
,ByB
fY jrA
B G ,(NIjy
AlVA
,BUA kBU G)
IjzM Z ,jrA

.(jC NjC G ,jC NU G) :Z
AgG C A

,(NjC

NjC G) :Z , FA lV
(f) jI
ByB
AlVA B
,BUA
G ,{BE
:Z kBU ()_I B C BNJR BiBz
B
B ae } :BM

G ,jNYD
.(IjyC
C IjyC

NrM C jNYC jNZM G)
Then, if the condition and the requital are both present-tense verbs, the jussive state is

required in both, as in: jC G If you honor me, I will honor you. If both verbs are
jM
past-tense, there is no literal government in either verb, as in: OIjy G If you had
OIjy

struck, I have struck. If the requital alone is a past-tense verb, the jussive state is required

in the condition, as in: NIjy G If you strike me, then I had struck you. If the condition
IjzM
G
alone is a past-tense verb, two perspectives are permissible in the requital, as in: NU

jC
C jC If you had come to me I would honor you.

is not
Know that when the requital is a past-tense verb without (the particle f), Fa

G If you honored me, I honored you; (as
NjC
permissible in the requital, as in: NjC

well as) His, the Exalted's saying: {BE B ae } "And whoever enters it (Bekkah) will
135
be secure." If the requital is a present-tense verb, positive or negated with (), two

perspectives are permitted, as in: jNYD C jNYC G If you honor me, I will honor
jNZM

you; IjyC
C IjyC G If you abuse me, I will not strike you.
NrM
:yA

IiC g ,FA KV ihA nA fYC AlVA G

dC C :A

.{ jm f jn G} :BM
(f) ByB AlVA

Be mA NJ
j } :BM

Z ,() jI

B BiBz
AlVA C :BRA

J
.{

}

jr
.{BBRC nZBI FU :BM ,mA U C :SBRA

A JZM
BG ,{JMB N G } :BM ,AjC BG ,BrG U C :IAjA

:BM
,BBNmA C ,{iBA UjM
G PB
N
H}

:BM

,B

.(A Yj BNjC G) :BM ,Be C ,{BYj BNjM G}

fC
Of BI
m JvM G }
:BM
,FA

y
mA

VA (AgG)
M f
AgG
.{
(FA) is
If the requital is not one of the two aforementioned categories, the particle Fa
required in the requital, and that is in four circumstances:
First: The requital is a past-tense verb with the particle (f), as in His, the Exalted's

136
saying: { dC jm G} "If he steals, a brother of his did indeed before..."
f jn
Second: The requital is a present-tense verb negated with (a particle) other than (), as

J j
in: { NJ
Be mA

} "And whoever desires a religion other than Islam, it
shall not be accepted from him." 137

), as in His, the Exalted's
U
Third: The requital is (may be) a nominal sentence (mG

nZBI
jr
saying: {BBRC
FU
} "Whoever brings a good deed, he shall ten like it (as a
reward)." 138
Fourth: The requital is a creative sentence, either a command, like the His, the Exalted's
139
A JZM
saying: {JMB N G } "Say: If you love Allah, then follow me." Or a

prohibition, as in in His, the Exalted's saying: {iBA G UjM
PB
N "Then
H}
if you find them to be believing women, do not send them back to the unbelievers." 140 Or

BjM
interrogation, as in saying: BYj G If you abandon us, then who will show us

G If you honor us, then may
mercy. Or a supplication, as in your saying: A Yj
BNjC

Allah show you mercy.
like His, the Exalted's

At times, (AgG) occurs with a nominal sentence in the place of Fa,
saying: { JvM
AgG fC G }

Of BI m "And if an evil befalls them for what their
hands have already wrought, lo! they are in despair." 141

BA
:BNA fI (G)
ifM BG

M)
.(\VM :Z ,jA-1

.(Aja ) :Z ,A-2
LhM

.(j
BilM ) :Z :BNmA-3

.(faC f N) :Z :NA-4

.(Aja KvM BI lM
C) :Z ,~jA-5
) is only estimated after the following verbs:
The particle (G

M Study, you will succeed.
1-Command Verb, as in: \VM

Do not lie, (the outcome) is good.
LhM
2-Prohibition, as in: Aja

BilM
Do you visit us, we will honor you.
3-Interrogation, as in: j

f
4-Wishes, as in: faC N I wish you were with me, I would serve you.

B BR
G : M)
(\VM OCi
H ,RA
: KJm
A C fv AgG g

afM
NM
BN
gG ,JJnA (iBA jM ) : NA h
,AJA
h ,\VM
afM
.(iBA jM G) :B C \v
All of that is when the first (the condition) is a cause for the second (the requital) as you

M
NM
have seen in the examples. The meaning of (\VM ) is: \VM G If you study you will

afM
succeed, and likewise are the remaining examples. Due to that, saying: iBA jM Do
not disbelieve, you will enter the hellfire, is not allowed due to the disallowance of the

afM
cause when it is not proper to say: iBA jM G If you do not disbelieve, you will enter
the hellfire.

:ubA

BJJm A M C ,NU
) nM A VA ,BR afM
AkBVA

AlU)
.(jrA BRA (jrA
KV

.BUA

hY
kV ,ByB fY jrA B AgG G ,AlU C Bjq iBzA lVA

:AlVA FA ae
:BYC QQ

AlVA
U F

IiC FBI
:yA AlVA AjNA KV :C
ByB B AgG-1
.(f) AlVA

BiBz AgG-2
B
.() jI AlVA B

.mA
U AlVA B AgG-3

U AlVA B AgG-4
.BrG

.() jZI B
B iBzA
C BNJR
AgG BUA
B
:BBQ
kV
jI AlVA B AgG FA
.(f) ByB ae kV :BRBQ

:mC

g \y ?AkBVA
.BRI B-1

fM AgB ?AkBVA

.h R ?Bae fI afM B -2
lVA
R
. ?AlVA
jrA KVM N-3
g \y ?AlVA

RDI
.f jrA B
AkBVA M N-4
KV N-5

g I ?fY jrA lVA
.RDI
lVA
N-6
kV
g \y ?AlVA
.BRI jrA

.h R ?AlVA ae kV
FA N-7

eAjG
.BR FA
AlVA ae kV N jgC-8
VI

.f B R AlVA
FA
LU
ae eiA jgC-9
?FA
BRI
.f g \y ?N y (AgG) M -10
g `jqG
BA
RDI
.f ?(G)
ifM
C fI-11

:iBM
-C

.BIU BlV
TQ PB-1
AlVA jrA B U

.B AlVA
B M
U
TQ PB-2

BlV
.fY jrA U
TQ PB-3
lVA U
B kV
jrA
.AlVA TQ PB-4

FA U
.AlVA ae B kV TQ PB-5

F U
.AlVA ae B kV TQ PB-6

.BJUA

FA

ae B U
TQ PB-7
AlVA

.if B (G) M U
TQ PB-8

XjbNmG-L

lVA
VA IU C ,f C ,B
I ,AlVA
kAU jrA NU

:BNA
KhM
.KgC G-1

.PCj PCj G-2

. OJN KNM G-3

.jNYC
Mik G-4
.B jV
B M OU G-5

I ,g
NA
eiAA
B kV eiAA
,AlVA FA
ae LU eiA I-X
B B kV NA
:VA
BUA

142.{
A eB }-1
N

143.{Bi BnbI Bb IjI }-2
144.{jUC

NDm B NM H}-3

145.{jUD
jrA
iBVNmA
fYC

G }-4

6q
146.{jf jbI
nn G }-5

JJZ
147.{A
JMB A JZM N G }-6
VB
() OA
C
.iAe JN
-7
ja
.jM

AM

B -8
BA
.jNZM OCi G-9

G-10
?B fYC KhM
J

.Aja A AlV BNU G-11

:MD
B LjC-e

C
.lVA
-1
jJvA V
w A
.A

M AgG-2

A
148.{BvZM AfM
G }-3
jvB
. MjJu
G-4

149.{B AZ
nYDI
ZNI NY AgG }-5

BRA
QRA pifA

THE THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON

jA

The Command Verb

C Nu fM
(iA lA LjyG)
:Z ,KBbA
BA

A K :jA

jY B B H ,j
hZ
l Pfk ,BBm iBzA
fI Q
,iBzA
jY iBzA

,RBQ
:Z
,G) C \NA
jnA G in
,(jvC) :Z ,RBQ G z
zA uA

G UBY
:Z ,lA
LBI ,(KmBY
.BA ,f) BjZN B
LjyG
G (XjbNmA

,LjyG)
lVA J
,mG
:Z ,iBv
jA
,BIjyG ,iG
,lC B

,AIjyG
.(XjYe
The command verb is a word signifying the seeking of an action from the subject of the
,LjyG
second person, as in: iG ,lC . Its forms (are produced) in the present-tense verb by

eliding the Particle of the Present-Tense, then look, if that which is after the (elided)
150
Particle of the Present-Tense is vowelless, Hamzah al-Wasl vowelled with Dammah
is
added if its third consonant is vowelled with Dammah, ; and (the Hamzah is)
as in: jvC

vowelled with Kasrah if the third consonant is vowelled with Fathah

or Kasrah, as in: ,G

XjbNmG
,LjyG
. If (the letter after the Particle of the Present-Tense) is vowelled, it has no

. From this (category) is the form of (BA
need of the Hamzah, as in: KmBY ,f ).
The command verb is fixed or Mabniy (at its end based) upon the signs of the jussive
,BIjyG ,mG
state just as is the case in the present-tense, as in: XjYe ,LjyG
.
,iG
,AIjyG
,lC


VA A
,B
I A
wNb
C B hY ,B n :VA A

.fNBI

LAIC
NA Ain
jaE
J B , Bz A jZA C yBA N

J B Bz C C .(XjYe ,Ljy)
:Z
,fAk FM ,u
l
BAC On

zM) :Z
,fAk

.(M FM C B Ain jaE
,u
:Z l C B Ain J B Bz
jaE jY C C
jZN
lA
G zA ,XjbNmA)
.(ifNA
.XifM JNM
The Passive-Voice Verb
The passive-voice verb is a verb whose subject has not been mentioned. It is a verb
whose subject is elided and the verbal object is put in its place. It is particular to the
transitive verb.151
The passive-voice verb's signs in the past-tense verb are that the first letter is vowelled
with Dammah
only and that which is before its end is vowelled with Kasrah, in those forms
in which Hamzah al-Wasl .
as in: XjYe
is not in their beginning, nor the extraneous Ta, ,Ljy
(And) that its beginning is vowelled with Dammah
and that which is before its end
vowelled with Kasrah in those forms in which the Extraneous Ta is in its beginning, as in:
.
,zM
M
(And) that the first vowelled letter is vowelled with Dammah

and that which is before its
end is vowelled with Kasrah, in those forms in which there is Hamzah al-Wasl in its
,XjbNmC
beginning, as in:ifNC . The Hamzah follows the Dammah, if it has not been passed

over.

,BYN J B Bz
jaE iBzA
jY C iBzA A
VA
,BMBZ
H
A BA
NA BA LBI G ,(XjbNn ,Ljz) :Z
,KmBZ
,
.(XjYf ) :Z J B \N B A
jaA

The sign of the passive-voice verb in the present-tense verb is that the particle of the
present-tense is vowelled with Dammah
and that which is before its end is vowelled with

Fathah,

as in: XjbNn ,Ljz, except in the forms of: (A ,BA
,NA ,BA), and their
associate matters. Their only sign in the present-tense is the Fathah
before the end, as

,KmBZ.
in: XjYf

)
.(I :Z

,Ain A
yB C UA
F
N
yBA
VA

A KM B (BJ B ) :Z
,BC UA
iBzA
A KM

Oj
.jvNA M)
B (fM :Z ,BNA
BA LBI AA
The passive voice's sign in the Ajwaf verb152 is that the first consonant of the past-tense is

vowelled with Kasrah, as in: I ,. In the present-tense the middle consonant is

converted to Alif, as in: BJ ,B, just as the Alif in the past-tense passive-voice verb is

,BA
,M
in the forms of (BNA
converted to Waw ), as in: fM , as you are familiar with
from Tasreef.

:ubA

.A
K fM :jA
AgG G B
AgG C M

B ,in lA
Bm jY
iBzA
fI
u
lI

,Bz iBz
.zN A

I A
,B A
N
C yBA C
,B hY :VA
jaE
.Ain J B Bz jZN jY

jY
I
JM BYN jaE J B Bz A jZA C iBzA
.BBY

:mC

j-1
.jA
R uA
. l eAlM N jgA Q ,jA Bv I-2

Ljy
.RA jA

J B

I-3
N jA
?zM
uA
l jnM N-4
n
?B hA
A Bv B-5

g \y ?VA
.BRI A B-6

FM uA

l
BAC On NA LAIA
yBA A

V
J
-7
RDI
.f g I ?fAk

-8
RC
.h PB ?fAk FM C hA yBA A J
V
R ?u -9
.
l C hA yBA A J
V
FI
.h RC jgC ?ejVA iBzA
A
VA
jgC-10

R ?A BA NA
BA

LBI iBzA

A J
V
-11

.h
-12
?UA yBA A J
V
R
,UA FI
. iBzA A
VA
jgC-13

:iBM

jY
l
:B uA KJm \y
,BNA VA
jA
BC -C

.#Af PM D Mja A ,AfIC sM D Bf G$-1

.VA pifA KNC-2
CjA
yAM ,EjA
.
G nYC-3
BA
Jm
.A
fC-4

.C mA jvA A-5

.IC Zv mG-6

BA
:BNA jA u-L
,|i
fC

,Al ,BVM ,\Bu ,fu ,nNmG ,| ,C ,sC
I B
V JA

:B BA XjbNmG-X

eC-1
.KUAA
KN-2
.pifA
.OJA OIeC-3

.A -4
OJVNmC-5
.Me

Af j-6
.jA
153.{A AfJ G
AjC B }-7

BNA

BA
:V
IG-e

J ,UB ,BI ,jBVM ,jIe ,D ,eBG ,iBNaG ,jvNmG ,Be
:MD

B LjC-_

BI eAj
.BI BG-1
Y

AlNmG-2
kjA
.fvBI
C J
.AJmBZM

nC AJmBY-3
I-4
.LBNA
J}-5
f
154.{jaC BnA
BI h


mBNA
QRA pifA

THE THIRTY-NINTH LESSON

kA
fNA A

Passive Voice And Active Voice Verb

:n

G n
A

G fNA

:R ,A A
e ejV f B ,kA A-1

Kg)
.(fm

A
.
f A
G fN B ,fNA A-2
The verb is divided into two divisions:
1-Passive Voice Verb. It is that which signifies the occurrence of an action without
Sa'eed left.
transcending to the object, like: fk Kg
2-Active Voice Verb. It is that (verb whose action) trancends to the object in order
to signify the occurrence of an action upon it.

fN
:G

.(AjU jv) :Z ,fYA
fm -1

,
iBvNA
fYC
kV ,(Bie AjU fm C ) :Z ,-2

:Z
LBI
.(O) (Bie OC
bI Afk OC)

DJC
jJaC iC) : ,(BBG () B mi A C) :Z ,B QQ-3

.(TfY jJa

The Active Voice Verb extends (its meaning) to (the following):

fm
Sa'eed helped Ja'far.
1-One object, as in: AjU jv

AjU
C Sa'eed gave Ja'far a Dirham. It is (also)
fm
2-Two objects, as in: Bie
permissible to confine (the verb's government) to one of the two objects, as in:

Bie OC Afk OC I gave Zaid and I gave a Dirham, in variance with the form of
).
(O

3-Three objects, as in: BBG () B
mi A C Allah informed his messenger that
,jJa
. From (these types of verbs) are: TfY
'Ali (AS) was Imam

,jJaC .

,iC
,DJC
,BfYC

iBvNA

kAU
(OC)

NnA

BA

h

jaA A A

iBvNA

kAU (O)
f BRA
SBRA ,(Afm A C) :Z
ja
ja

.(pBA

B
Afm OC) :B I ,(pBA
Afm OC) :B
BfYC

) in their permissibility
The first and last of these six verbs are like the two objects of (OC

to confine (the verb) to one of (the two objects), as in: Afm A C Allah informed Sa'eed.

) in lack of permissibility in restricting
The second and third are like the two objects of (O

Afm
ja
(the verb) to one (of the two objects). Then, you would not say: pBA OC I
informed Sa'eed is the best of men. Rather, you would say: pBA ja
B I
OC
Afm
informed Sa'eed that 'Ali is the best of men.

LA
BA
Verbs Of The Heart

:Jm BZUjA fM BC
C A
,Ok-6
.PfU-7 ,Oa-4
,OCi-5 ,OJnY-3 ,O-1
,O-2
,yB
O
Afk O)
:Z
,A
BJvN jJbA afM
CfNJA

Aj
.(BB
They are verbs which convey certainty or preponderance, and they are seven:

) To know; 2-(O) To suppose; 3-(OJnY
1-(O

) To reckon, figure; 4-(Oa) To believe,

) To believe, think; 6-(Ok
deem; 5-(OCi

) To claim, declare; 7-(PfU ) To find.

They are entered upon the Mubtada and Khabar making both accusative as a verbal

Afk O
object, as in: yB I knew Zaid was virtuous; BB
Aj O I believed 'Amr was
learned.

:MD ,xAa BA
B BC jh
h
There are particularities for these verbs. We will mention the most important of those
particularities in what follows:

.(Afk O) :M ,(OC) LBI
B fYC
bI jvN G-1
B :Z
fm) C (B
,PjaDM fm)
O :Z AgG BBG
,OmM kV-2

.(O

C ,(?jU C f O)
fmC :Z ,BNmA J O AgG A

M BG-3

O) ,AfNIA
:Z B O) :Z
,A
J
fn J C ,(iAfA fm

.(
M
I B
. M C NA

:Z
N) 6rA
,fYAA vN

jy B BB C kV-4

.(yB N
B
1-They do not confine (the verb) to one of two of its objects, in variance with
), then, you would not say: Afk
(OC

I knew Zaid.
O
2-(The verb's) nullification (of government upon its objects) is permissible when
fm
O
the verb is an intermediate, as in: B
Sa'eed, I believe is learned. Or it is

Sa'eed is standing, I believe.
fm
at the end, as in: O B
3-(The verb) is diverted

from government when it occurs before interrogation, as

C f fm
in: ?jU C O I believe Sa'eed is with you or Ja'far? The meaning of
Ta'leeq is that it does not govern literally, rather, it governs in meaning.
4-It is permissible that its subject and object are two dependent pronouns from one

thing, as in: B
N N
You informed me of departing; yB I assumed you
to be virtuous.

I
,(PjvIC) ,(Oj)
(OCi) (O)
I ,(OMA) (O)
I f

,LA
hY
BC M , AfYA KvN ,(BzA OJuC) I (PfU)
PfU)
:R
.(LBNA

To suspect; (O
At times, (O) is found in the meaning of: OMG

) in the meaning of: Oj

) in the meaning of: PjvIC
To be aware; (OCi
To see; (PfU
) in the meaning of: BzA OJuC To
acquire s.th. lost. They give the accusative state to one object only. Then, at that time,
I found the book.
PfU
they are not Verbs of the Heart, like: LBNA

:ubA
kA
.fNA :G n
A

.I A
kBVN
G BA :kA
A

fN
:G G BA
I A kBVN :fNA A

-1
.fYA

.-2

.B QQ-3

jJbA
.BJvN
CfNJA afM BZUjA C A fM BC :LA BC

f A

M
.M
f LA
BC
B
. BG
A f :NA

B
:BA
. f
BBG

:mC
R
. A
?kA B-1
R
. ,fNA
A j-2
R
. A
,fNA AC ef-3

jaA

A
B I
JrA UC I ,B
QQ G fNM NA BA ef-4

g `jqG ?O
jg SBRA BRA B Jq B .OC

.BNRC

jg
.BR jJbA CfNJBI B I ,LA BC ef-5
BR
: jg

g `jqG ?jy
LA
BC
B MD C kV -6
g \y ?A

.RDI

LA BC M N-7

jg
.BR g
I ?AgB
A

LA BC M N-8

?LA
`jqG
BC

hY M ?
fYA
G LA
BC fNM N-9

Zy g
.RDI
B-10
NA
?BA I jA

:iBM

:BfN B AgG ,BNA
VA kA
fNA A
XjbNmG-C

.BZUB
fm Aj fk DJC-1

.BIQ jA
OC-2

Afm
.BA O-3

.A `j-4

O-5
.jJbA

:MD B BA -L

.() OJA C `f fv O-1
fA
.mifA
OCi-2

KBA
.NYi oU-3

.BBG () B mi A C-4

A
.BB OCi-5

Na-6
.AjBn
\UB
.PfU
fm-7
:MD

B LjC-X
Ah B
155.{Ii
kBI orA Ci }-1
156.{V
NJnY MCi B}-2

PfU-3
.B Be mA

.BBVq N-4

.BJu
pifA OJnY-5

pifA
IiA
THE FORTIETH LESSON
IiBA
BC BA
vBA
Defective Verbs and Verbs Of Approximation
:
u
iBu
B) ,Bifv
j
u
BA jjN
Oy BC :vBA BA-C

KvM
AjJa BRA B BmA A jN ,jJbA
CfNJA
afM
,(cG...nC \JuC

fm
.(BB B) :N ,B
A-Defective Verbs: are verbs coined to affirm a subject's description
being other than the
description of its Masdar,

(the Defective Verbs) are: cG...nC . Defective
\JuC iBu B
Verbs are entered upon the Mubtada and the Khabar. It gives the nominative state to the
first as its noun and it gives the accusative state to the second as its Khabar. You would

say then: BB
fk B Zaid was standing.

QQ (B)
:BnC

A B } :Z ,BAe BG ,yBA
BB
BjJa fM
PJQ ,vB-1

.(BIBq fk B) :Z ,B C ,{BY
B

fM B ,BNA
vY C ,(BNA B) :Z ,(vY OJQ) I ,BM-2
BB
.A

:jBrA
,BhZI A jN ,fAk-3

LAjA
nA
B

BnM jI IC I eBU


) has three divisions:
(B

), it is signifying the establishment of its Khabar for the subject in
1-Defective (vB
157
the past-tense, either continuously, as in: {BY A B } "And Allah is the
B

Zaid was a youth.
fk B
All-Knowing, Wise." Or disjunctive, as in: BIBq

2-Complete (BM), it is in the meaning of establishing and achieving, as in: BNA
B
There was the battle, meaning the battle was achieved. Here, it conveys its
linguistic meaning.

3-Extraneous (fAk
), It is that the meaning is not altered with its elision, like the
saying of the poet:

LAjA
nA

B jI
BnM IC I eBU
The thoroughbreds of Bani Abi Bakr raise
above the signs informing (of their status)
,BN

fk iBu) :Z
.(B (iBu)
:Z
fk \JuC)
,PBA

fM (ZyC nC \JuC)
NI VA AjNA

Y}
Y nM
ae I
,\JvA
C ,(AjAg
:R ,`BJvA
O AjAg B

.{ZJvM
) signifies transfer, as in: B
fk iBu
Zaid became free of need.
(iBu

(ZyC \JuC
nC ) signify the association of the meaning of the sentence with these

times (morning, evening, early morning), as in: AjAg
fk \JuC Zaid entered the morning in
remembrance, in other words, remembering in the time of morning and with the meaning
Y nM
of entering into the morning, like: {ZJvM Y}
"Therefore glory be to Allah when

you enter upon the time of the evening and when you enter upon the time of the
morning." 158

I
,(iBu)
} :Z
MD
VA
f ,BNI f
AjNA (PBI ) h

.{Aen U RBI fYC jrI AgG

Likewise, (PBI ) both signify the association of the meaning of the sentence with their

U
), as in: {Aen

time. Sometimes, it comes in the meaning of (iBu RBI fYC jrI AgG }
"And when a daughter is announced to one of them his face becomes black..." 159

,A
jY Bl
,BB PJQ
BjJa

(A B N B `jI B Ak B)
fM

.(AjC fk Ak B) :Z
B ,`jI
B ,Ak
(A B ,N B) signify the establishment of the Khabar for its subject. It

requires the particle of negation, as in: AjC fk Ak B Zaid is still the Ameer.

.(BnBU
jA
Ae B C) :Z ,BB
BjJa
PJQ jC
fI fM (Ae B)
OM
(Ae B) signifies the time period of a matter with a period establishing its Khabar for its

Ae B C I am standing as long as the Ameer is sitting.
subject, as in: BnBU
jA

I Oj f ,(BB
fk o) :Z ,B BY U fM (o)

A
.Bf

nA

BBYC

(o ) signifies upon the negation of the meaning of a sentence in the present-tense. It is

said (its negation is) without exception, as in: BB
fk o Zaid is not standing. You have
become familiar with the remainder of its rules in the first division, therefore, we will not
repeat it.

:BnC

QQ
BB e f Oy BC :IiBA
jJbA BC-L
B-Verbs of Approximation: are verbs coined to indicate closeness of the Khabar to its
subject. It of three types:
Nn
AfBU

yBA
j
(n) f
,FUjA B :A
R
fk :Z
n) ,(C)
iBzA

C fk
C G ,(
jJa
n) ,B
:Z
A

fk n) C
.(
:Z
,(C) hZM
f ,fk Xjb C n)
:Z
,fM
kV ,(Xjb
First: That which signifies hope, and (the verb) is: n
. It is not used in other than the
), as in:
past-tense due to its being a partially-inflected verb. In its government, it is like (B
C fk Perhaps Zaid will stand, except that its Khabar is a present-tense verb with
n

(C), as in: Xjb C fk
n Perhaps Zaid will leave. It is permissible to advance (the Khabar
before the subject), as in: fk Xjb
C n
. At times, (C ) is elided, as in: fk Perhaps
n
Zaid is standing.
f ,(
fk
eB)
:Z e
,(C) iBz (eB)
jJa
,vZA

B :BRA
f

C fk
.(Xjb eB)
:Z ,jJa
(C) afM
) and its Khabar is a present-tense verb
Second: That which signifies attainment, it is (eB
), as in: fk
without (C Zaid almost is standing. At times, (C ) is entered upon its
eB

C fk eB
Zaid is about to leave.
Khabar, as in: Xjb

R BNmA
(haC Lj U )
,A jrA

haA
f B :SBRA
R
n)
fk
)
.(eB BNmA
,qC) .(cG....KN :Z ,(eB)

,U
,
Third: That which signifies reception and initiating in the verb. They are: haC ,Lj .
fk
), as in: ...KN
Their usage is like (eB Zaid was about to write...; (qC ), its usage is
).
n
like (eB

:ubA

A
KvM
BRA ,BmA
jN ,jJbA
CfNJA BA
afM BC :vBA

B ,BjJa
.BMAaC

FUi C ,
BA
jq C ,BB vY
jJbA
fN Oy BC :IiBA
Lj BC
vY
.

:mC

.jJbA ae AgG
CfNJA jgA ,wBA A
j-1
U
.f
BNmA

BB jgA (B) BnC ef-2
U
.f BNmA
B PAaC jgC-3
B

j-4
.IiBA

.B R
Bef ?IiBA AC B-5
BC

BC
?IiBA jJa B-6

:iBM
wBA
VA
:BNA mA A
-C

.A
I B B-1

.BJMB UjA \JuC-2
-3
fA
.BqB

`jI B-4
.BnBU fm

.AfV KBA Ak B-5

.AjBm UjA PBI-6

:BNA
VA BMAaC
eB jJa XjbNmG-L

. A eB-1
fVA
.jvN qC-2
fr
.Mfv haC-3
jBrA
pif
.KBA C n-4

KbA
.Kb -5
fm
U-6
.IBQ
LjZA
.M
PeB-7

:MD
B LjC-X

.Aj C jA eB-1
160.{VA
i
B B
Bvb }-2
ja
161.{
Bq AjM C n }-3
.` jvA
qC-4
nA
Ak
Jm
.A fBV B-5

eBZA
IiA
pifA
THE FOURTY-FIRST LESSON

hA
`fA BC KVNA
The Verb of Surprise & the Verb of Praise and Blame
,KVNA
:BNu Fr y B KVNA -C

(nYC)
jy

,Afm nYC 6q C C ,(Afm nYC B) :Z

,C B-1

jNNn
.B

.(flI nYC) :Z ,I C-2

IB
,yBN

BjvN
BQQ DI
zNA C J B G BJ

.Oj B (fqC B) RI fBA
Ajr uN
:Z

,jBI
vA kBA .vA
kBUC

fNA
,jaDNA ,

jvNA kV

.(Afk A nYC B)
A-The Verb of Surprise is that which is coined to produce surprise. It has two forms:

1-(C B), as in: Afm
nYC B How nice Sa'eed is, in other words, whichever thing
) there is a concealed pronoun and it is (the verb's)
Sa'eed excels in. In (nYC
subject.

2-(I C nYC
), as in: flI Be good to Zaid.
It is only constructed from that which the Superlative Noun is constructed from in that it
should be a three-letter fully-inflected verb consistent with (the meaning) of the
superlative. In failing to find the conditions (required in the Superlative), implement the

likes of (fqC B), as you are familiar with.

before it) or
Inflection is not permitted in the Verb of Surprise, nor advancing (its Makhsus
placing (the verb at) the end, nor any separator (between the verb and its Makhsus).

al-Mazini permitted separation with and adverb, as in: Afk A nYC B How good Zaid is
today.

`fA
.hA BC-L

: C `f
.g
`f Fr
y B
:hA `fA

,BI
jA

G Bz C ,(fY UjA ) :Z ,BI j mA B ()-1

KV ,Ajz
jI
,Iv lM
f ,(fY
B UjA ) :Z

, B C ,{
:BM
B}
Z ,(B)_I C ,(fY Ui :Z
)
.`fBI
(fY)
:n
xvbA
(Ui)
B
lM

(Ag) (KY) H ,(fm
`fA Ui AhJY) :Z ,(AhJY)-2
xvbA
.(fm)
B-The Verbs of Praise and Blame
The Verb of Praise and Blame is that which is coined to produce praise or blame. There
are two verbs of praise:
1-( ) Its subject is a noun defined with Lam,

UjA
as in: fY What an excellent
man Hameed
is. Or it is annexed to (a noun) defined with the Definite Article, as

in: fY What an excellent servant of a man Hameed
UjA is. At times, its
subject is concealed. Then, it is required that it have an indefinite Tamyeez in the

Ui
accusative state, as in: fY What an excellent man Hameed
is. Or it is
} "It (the giving of
B
annexed to (B), as in in His, the Exalted's saying:{
162 ) is termed the Makhsus
charity) is well," meaning: B . The noun (fY
(the noun particularized) with praise.

), as in: Afm How nice of a man Sa'eed is. The Verb of Praise is (KY);
AhJY
2-(AhJY Ui

) and the Makhsus
its subject is (Ag); its Tamyeez is (Ui ).
is (fm

,(Ui hJY ,fm
fm Ui AhJY ) :Z ,lM
fI C (AhJY) xvb J C kV

,BY
:Z
.(BJAi AhJY)
jU AhJY ,jU BJAi C

AhJY
Ui
or comes after it, as in: ,fm
It is permitted that a Tamyeez precedes the Makhsus

Ui AhJY. Or (permitted that) the Hal
fm (precedes or comes after the Makhsus,
as in:
How nice Ja'far is riding.
BJAi
jU AhJY ,jU BJAi
AhJY

BzC h
:

Ui
.(fi oI ,fk UjA
oI ,fk UjA oI)
:Z ,(oI)-1

Ui ,(Fm)-2
.(fBa
(Fm) Fm ,fBa Fm
UjA UjA Fm) :Z
,fBa
R
.(oI)

For blame, there are also two verbs:
oI Zaid is the wretched man, fk
1-(oI), as in: fk Ui
UjA

oI A wretched
servant of man is Zaid, fk Ui
oI A wretched man is Zaid.

Fm
), as in: fBa
2-(Fm UjA The evil man is Khalid,
fBa Fm
UjA Evil is the servant

of the man Khalid, Ui Fm
fBa An evil man is Khalid.
) is like (oI).
The verb (Fm

:ubA

,zNA y
B) Nu C J B J ,KVNA Fr
:KVNA

.(I C
C
(AhJY :Nu
)
hA y

Fm)
,`f
C
`fA Fr
BC `fA BC
:hA
(oI
.h

:mC

.KVNA

j-1

.B R BjgC ?KVNA
u -2
B ?KVNA
?jq u JM -3

R
.
g `jqG
?KVNA
jaDNA
u
fNA

jvNA kV -4

R ?hA
.h `fA y 6q -5

.B R BjgC ?`fA BC B-6
R
. xvbA
?`fBI B-7

R ()
.h B j-8
() B AgG-9
g \y ?lM
.BRI B Ajz B

J C kV -10

.BR g `jqG
jg ?BY C lM
,fI C (AhJY) xvb

.B R ?hA BC B-11

:iBM

MD ,BI xvbA
`fA
hA
:VA
B KVNA
BC XjbNmG-C

UC B-1
.fZA

.Bfu I jC-2

.BaC fnI C-3

eiA
.fZA B-4
jRC

BaC
.fm AhJY-5
163.{LAC G fJA

}-6
UjA
oI-7
.fl
Ui Fm-8

.fBa

PBAjA
:BNA JmB
KVM ,g `f BC y-L

LAjrA................-1
.jbA

.mA

crA B...............-2

.iBJYA
K
SfZ
,BBy...............-3

.IjA...............-4

Ui................-5
.iB

iAfA...............-6
.jaA

B LjC-X
:MD

164.{BMj PFm LAjrA oI}-1

165.{BMj OnY LARA }-2

166.{A
A BJnY AB }-3
AeA
.bA
-4
BA
.KA -5


IiA pifA
BRA
THE FOURTY-SECOND LESSON

SBRA
jZA nA

THE THIRD SECTION: The Particle
Jm
:jr ,jM
BnC z

f

JrA
BI jY-2 jY-1
jVA

JNA
jY-4 A jY-3

LBVA
jY-6 jY-5
EfA

BjY-8
jnNA jY-7
eBlA

jY-10

|zZNA jY-9
ifvA

jY-11
jY-12
BNmA
NA

jY-14
jY-13
ejA
jrA

.NA
-16 FM-15
SDNA

-17
fDNA
The Particle's definition has already passed. Its divisions are seventeen:

jY
jY
1-(jVA ) Genitive Particles 2-(BI
JrA ) Part. Resembling A Verb
jY
) Appositive Particles
) Particles of Notice
3-(A 4-(JNA
jY

) Vocative Particles
) Particles of Reply
jY
5-(EfA 6-(LBVA
jY

) Particles of Clarification
jY
7-(eBlA ) Extraneous Particles 8-(jnNA
BjY

) Particles of the Masdar
jY
9-(ifvA jY
10-(|zZNA ) Particles of Incitement

jY
11-(NA ) Particle of Anticipation 12-(BNmA

jY) Interrogative Particles

) Conditional Particles
jY
13-(jrA jY
14-(ejA

) Particle of Impediment

FM) The Feminine Ta
15-(SDNA 16-(NA of Tanween
) The Nun

) The Nun

17-(fDNA of Emphasis

BYjr
B KMjNBI
:MD

:R
Pij) Oy
jY
flI hA
, mA
G B C
Jq

Bv
jY
:jVA

.A ,iAfA

G
jqC
hA :C ,(IC iAfA

Ah)

:R ,(flI iB BC

We will clarify the particles in sequence, as follows:

jY
Genitive Particles (jVA )
Genitive Particles are particles coined in order to connect a verb, a word resembling a
I passed
I Pij
verb or in the meaning of a verb to a noun which is adjacent to it, like: fl

BC I am passing Zaid. (And) like: IC iAfA
I iB
Zaid; fl
Ah This in the house is your father,
in other words, he who I indicated is in the house. Then, in (this expression) is the
meaning of a verb.

: B BjY jr nM

:NnM
()-1

.(A G jvJA Pjm) :Z ,BN
IBM \v C N ,BA
AfNI-C
oUjA :BM
AJNUB}

,B y \v
( hA) C N ,JN-L

.BQA
hA oUjA C
,{BQA
:Z
PhaC) ,B
(|I) y \v C N
,|JN-X

|I C ,(AifA

.AifA

C N
A
Nb
,(fYC
FU ,hZI
B) :Z
,fAk-e
eAlM
Ba
.
A
KUA

Genitive Particles are seventeen as follows:
1-(). It is used to signify:

AfNI
a) (BA ) The beginning point. Its sign is that it is proper to compare it with the

jvJA
end point, as in: A G Pjm
I traveled from Basrah

to Kufah .
hA
) Clarification. Its sign is that it is proper to place (
b) (JN ) in its place, as in
"Therefore avoid the
AJNUB}
oUjA
His, the Exalted's saying: {BQA
167
hA The uncleanness
uncleanness of the idols..."
In other words: BQA oUjA
which is the idol.
) Portioning. Its sign is that it is proper to place (|I ) in its place, as in:
c) (|JN
AifA
I took from the Darahim
PhaC . In other words: AifA

|I Some of the

Darahim.

d) (fAk
) Extraneous. Its sign is that its meaning is not disturbed with the particle's

FU
elision, as in: fYC B No one came to me. Particles are not extraneous in

positive speech, in variance with the Kufiyyeen.

AnB}
:BM ,j B BA BN
, () I

:(G)-2

.AjA
C ,{AjA

G U
fC

) It is for signifying the endpoint, as has passed, and (for signifying) the
2-(G
meaning of () infrequently, as in His, the Exalted's saying:

{AjA fC
G U AnB}

"Wash your faces and hands as far as the elbows..." 168

() I ,(`BJvA
,AjR
NY YiBJA
O)
,(G)
:Z
R :(NY)-3
.ejJ

:B
Ba (BNY) ,jzA afM

NY XBZA f)

:Z
(BrA

:jBrA BC

pBC J A

.gBr ,eBk IC IA B BNY N

3-(NY
) It is like (G), as in: `BJvA
NY
YiBJA
O I slept yesterday until morning. (It is

found) in the meaning of () frequently, as in: BrA XBZA f The pilgrims
NY
arrived even the walking. It is not entered upon a pronoun, therefore, you would
), in variance with al-Mubarrid. Regarding the saying of the poet:
not say: (BNY
pBC J
IC IA B BNY
#eBk N A $
No, by God, people do not leave behind a youth (comparable) with you O Ibn Abi
Then, it is rare.
Ziyad.
,j
:Z
, ()
FA ,iAfA
I .(kA fm) :()-4

.{bA
hU Ju } :BM

4-() (It is utilized) for adverbial meanings, as in: iAfA

Sa'eed is in the house,
fm

FA The water is in the jug. (It has) the meaning of () infrequently, as in
kA

His, the Exalted's saying: {bA
hU Ju } "I will certainly crucify you on
the trunks of the palm trees..." 169

:ubA

G
.Bj fM :jZA
NnM
:() .mA

G
Jq

A
Bv
Oy

jY jY
:jVA
AfNI-1
.BA

.JN-2

.|JN-3

.fAk-4

I
(G) NnM
I (NY)

.
() I ,BA
BN NnM
(G)

afM
. () ()
I ,j NnM .jzA
()
,AjR

:mC

BnC ef-1
.jZA

.h jY Oy fB
R ?jVA -2

()
.RC B
ef-3

.RDI
g \y ?(G) NnM BA
-4

.B R (NY) jgC-5
B

(NY)
? C jBzA afM

-6

.B R ?() B-7
B

:iBM

MD I ,jVA jY
:VA
B
BB
XjbNmG-C

fA
.mifA FU-1

.BnA
BC AihYG-2
jrA

Bn
.PVA OjNqG-3

.fYC PfBq B-4
G fm
.vA
Kg-5


fIlA-6
.URA

.`BJvA NY YiBJA
Pjm-7

NY
.NNC OCi-8
jBnA

:B VA
I ,BNA PBAjA
BJmB
jU jY y-L

.vA...........fm Xja-1
.BnA
BG...........jJA

AjRC-2

jBm-3
............fBa

.Kg.......BMBa...............OjNqG-4

.A
vN.........PCj-5

.ZA............KNA Oy-6

.YBnA..............AfBa OCi-7
:MD

B LjC-X

170.{BvBa I I
BJ e Tj B n}-1

171.{BifI
eC
OBn F FnA
lC}-2
JAU
fA
Aj
NY jA
gA

jrA n -3

NY A Jm
jaE
j
.BFe fBV-4

.Ij A jA , IjA A-5


SBRA
IiA
pifA
THE FORTY-THIRD LESSON

jY
jVA NM

Completion Of The Genitive Particles
(FJA)-5
:
:Z
Pij)
,AkBV
,Y
ij Lj AgG (fnI C ,(Ee I) :Z
:Bv-C

.fm

.(BI
OJN) :Z ,BNm-L
:Z
OJg)
.(flI :fN-X

OnU)
.(fVnBI :Z :j-e

OjNqG)
pjA
.(UjnI :Z
:JYBv-_
.(AhI Ah OI)

:IB-
:Z
.(BI B) :Z ,A jJbA BmB
fk ) :Z ,BNmA
fk
fAk-k

,{Afq

BI
} ,(ie JnZI)
:Z ,jA
BBm
,(BI

:Z
C)
.(fI
,LvA
5-(FJA), It is:
I In it is a cure. Or figurative, as in:
a-(Bv
), for connectivity, be it true, as in: Ee
I passed by Sa'eed, when your passing was near to Sa'eed.
I Pij
fn

), for assistance, as in: BI OJN
b-(BNm I wrote with the pen.
I OJg
), for make a verb transitive, as in: fl
I left with Zaid.
c-(fN

I OnU
), for an adverbial meaning, as in: fVnB
d-(j

I sat in the mosque.
), for accompaniment, as in: Ujn

e-(JYBv OjNqG
I pjA I purchased the horse with

its saddle.
), for requital, as in: Ah I Ah OI I purchased this with this.
f-(IB

g-(fAk
), extraneous, according to a rule for the negated Khabar, as in: B
I fk B
Zaid is not standing; (also) in interrogation, as in: B
I fk Is Zaid standing? It is
according to usage in the nominative state, as in: ie JnZ
I By your figure a

Dirham; {Afq
BI } "Allah suffices as a witness." 172; (according to usage) in

He surrendered it.
I C
the accusative state, as in: f

,(A)-6
:

BA
.(fl VA) :Z ,xBvNa-C
,pj

.(KeDN
:Z ,N-L
NIjy)
C ,{
.ei ei}

:BM ,fAk-X

B Aja Aj hA
B AE h
B } :BM
A
NmA AgG () I-e

,{G
.j BJm
(AA) I-_
.(UA ja ) nA
:Z ,KVN

6-(A), it is:
VA
a-(xBvNa BA pj
), for specification, as in: fl The bulk is for the horse and
the money is for Zaid.

), for explanation, as in: KeDN
b-(N
I struck him for the purpose of
NIjy
discipline.

c-(fAk ei}
), extraneous, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {

"...Drawn near to

you..." 173 In other words: (ei
).

), in the meaning of (), when it is used with a saying, as in His, the
d-( I

BJm
Exalted's saying: {G B Aja B AE h B } "And those who
Aj hA
disbelieve say concerning those who believe: If it had been a good, they would
not have gone ahead of us therein." 174 In it are some (other) views.

e-(AA ), in the meaning of (AA), in an oath due to surprise, as in: UA
I
ja
By God!, the date is not delayed.

,A
ifu (Li)
ZNnM

,jRN
jJbA (Li)-7
() C B N
l
jI jh
ej J
jz C ,(N Ui G afM
Li) :Z ,jA
A
f ,(MCjA
Ii ,CjG Ii ,Ui
Ii ,Ui Ii) :Z ,Iv

BIi ,Ui
.(MCjA BIi) :Z ,IBA KVM

B BIi)
,fk :Z afM ,A
,VA

BN
BA (B) BZM f
BIi
fk
.(B

Li) ,BJB A g hZ ,
ZN NA
,~B
B fI
jC
,(N Ui
Li) C ,(?jC OCi ) B LAU
(jC Ui

.hZ B (O) (Ui)_
u (jC) H

), it is for (the meaning of) lessening just as () Khabariyyah is for abundance.
7-(Li
Initiating speech is required (for this particle) and it is only entered upon an
Ui
indefinite word, as in: N

Li Few men I have met; Or (entered upon) an
ambiguous, singular, masculine, Mumayyaz (which is) indefinite and accusative,

Ii Few of them are two men; CjA
as in: Ui Ii Few of them are a man; Ui Ii

Ii Few of them are two women. With the
Few of them are a woman; MCjA
BIi

,Ui

Kufiyyeen, agreement is required, as in: MCjA BIi.
) and it nullifies its government. It is entered
At times, (BA B) is attached to (Li

upon a sentence, as in: fk B BIi Perhaps Zaid stood; B
BIi Perhaps Zaid is
fk
standing.

:ubA
BA
:BNA (FJA) NnM

.BvA-1

.BNmA-2

.fNA-3

.jA-4

.JYBvA-5

.IBA-6

.fAlA-7
BA
:BNA (A) NnM

.xBvNaA-1

.NA-2
I-3
.()

nA
.KVNA

(A)
I-4

.fAk-5
l
jI

jh
ej J jy
C ,jA

G afM

,N (Li) NnM

af
.VA
ZBu BVM ,A

BN BA (B) BZM f ,Iv

:mC

.B R B
,FJA ef-1

.B R BvA
BnC jgC-2
g \y ?FJA
N-3

.RDI eAlM

.B R jgC-4
A B
VI
.f h R ?(Li) afM B -5

.B R ?(Li) NnM -6
g \y ?VA

RDI
.f M jq
B ?VA (Li) afM N-7

:iBM
B BB

I ,jZA
:VA
-C

.Yi JI
UjA PfU-1
VI
.jA
Pjg-2
.pBA zI
PCj-3

OUi-4
.fnI

iAfA
.BNqjDI OjNqG-5
175.{BJnY
BI }-6
-7
fm
.KAjI
Li
176.{BA fZA}-8


LBNA
.B
NC-9
AgB -10
!O

O
.PC C Li-11

.Ah C jA-12
-L
TQ
I

.fAk fNA BvA B FJA M U PB-1

,NA
I ,xBvNaA
.() I B A M U TQ -2

.VA

aAe (Li) B M U
PB-3

:MD
B LjC-X
.{YjA
YjA

A
nI}-1

177.{iBA
fYAA A A }-2
178.{...
jmC hA
fJI BZJm}-3

.C fM dC Li-4

IAjA
IiA pifA

THE FORTY-FOURTH LESSON

jY
jVA I

The Remaining Genitive Particles
A-8

:jBrA
,A
BI CfNJ NA
C AA ,(Li)

G jBA
oA G
oC BI o fI

8-Waw ), it is the Waw
of (Li which initiates the beginning of speech, like the saying
of the poet:

G jBA
oA G oCBI
o fI

Few cities have no inmates in them Except the gazelle, except the white camel

() afM

B ,jzA
mBI
,jBA vNb ,nA
(A)-9

,A
.(orA
) :B
) of the Oath. It is particular to the apparent noun and is not entered upon a
9-(A

pronoun. Therefore, you would not say: (). You could say: A (I swear) by

(I swear) by the sun.
Allah; orA
:
(YjBM)
:B ,fY (A) VA I vNb ,nA (FM)-10

(JA
.gBq LjM)

10-(FM) of the Oath. It is particular to the Glorious name (A) alone. Then, you
. Their saying: JA
Lj
M (I swear) by the Lord of the Ka'bah, it
would not say: YjBM
is rare.

.(I ,YjBI

,BI)
:Z ,jzA afM ,nA
jBA
(FI)-11

11-(FI) of the Oath. It is entered upon the apparent noun and pronoun, as in: BI (I
I (I swear) by the Most Beneficent, I (I swear) by you.
swear) by Allah; YjB

fI
ae KV
JU OB H ,B n NA n
VA ,AlU C LAU
MD
(G) B ,(Ah A ,eB fl A ) :Z ,A
mA A

Afk G A ) :Z ,nA BI LBVA
.(eB
mA

VA
A G
fk B A )
,eB :Z ,B () C (B) ae KV OB

C ,{m jhM NM BM} :BM
,jA
eU A jY hZ f .(fk

.NM
mM
I nA C ,(A
eB fk) :Z , f B fM G nA LAU hZ f

.(eB
A fk) :Z ,LAVA

C ,lU
For the oath, a reply or requital is necessary. It is a sentence which is sworn upon. If it
is positive, it is required to enter Lam upon it in the nominal and verbal sentence, as

fl A (I swear) by Allah Zaid is just; D
in: eB A (I swear) by Allah I will certainly
) is produced in the nominal sentence in reply to an oath, as in:
do as such, just as (G

Afk G A (I swear) by Allah surely Zaid is just.
eB

fk B A (I
If the oath is negative, it is required to enter (B) or () upon it, as in: eB

swear) by Allah, Zaid is not just; fk A (I swear) by Allah, Zaid is not standing. At
times, the particle of negation is elided due to the existence of an indicator (of

negation), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {m jhM NM BM} "By Allah, you will not

cease to remember Yusuf..." 179 .
In other words: NM

At times, the reply to the oath is elided, if that which it indicates upon precedes it, as

in: A eB
fk Zaid is just, By Allah. Or the oath is median between a part, meaning

A fk Zaid, By Allah, is just.
the reply, as in: eB

nA
.(pA ,()-12
Oi) :Z ,kBV

Oi
12-(), it is for transversing, as in: pA
nA I shot the arrow from the bow.

.(\nA
fk) :Z ,Nm
()-13

13-(), it is for elevation, as in: \nA fk Zaid is upon the roof.

,()
I
()
B
:R ,KBVA ae AgG g ,mA
( ) f

.(pjA
Ol) :R , I () .( OnU)

Sometimes, ( ) are both nouns. That is when () is entered upon either of them.
I sat on his
OnU
Then, () is in the meaning of a (particular) side, like:

right-side. () is in the meaning of above, like: pjA Ol I descended from the
horse.

.{ 6q R fk)
o} :BM ,fAk ,(j
:Z ,JrN (BA)-14

:jBrA BmA f

rA uA
A OZM ejJB
A Zz

fk Zaid is like 'Amr. (It is also)
14-(BA), it is for comparison, as in:j

extraneous, like in His, the Exalted's saying: { 6q R
o} "Nothing like a
likeness of Him." 180 At times, it is a noun, like the saying of the poet:
uA
rA
A
OZM
ejJB
A Zz
They laugh like the coldness of the wolf under the winds of smelling noses
B) BJq
NCi M
BlA
B ,yBA
AfNI
B

,(h h)-16-15

C ,(B
h ,Bjq ,jyBZA
h NCi B) :Z j .(KUi
h

Bjq
.B

15-16-(h h), they are for the beginning period of time in the past, just as you

B I have not seen him since Rajab. (It is also for
h NCi
KUi
would say in Sha'ban:
the) adverbial meaning in the present, as in: Bjq B I haven't seen him
h NCi

h
since our (this) month; B ...since our day.
a A
Af fk FU)
,BRNm
:Z

(a Af BqBY)-19-18-17

BqBY j
.(jBq

17-18-19-(a Af BqBY), is for exception, as in: fk
a A
FU
The people came
Af ...except 'Amr; jBq
except Zaid; j
BqBY ...except Shakir.

:ubA

jY
jVA I

.(Li) A C
I NnM (Li) A

afM ,jBA
.jzA mBI vNb ,n NnM ,nA (A)

.(A) VA I vNb ,n NnM nA (FM)
jBA
.jzA
afM ,n
mA NnM nA (FI)
B
.() Oae

I
AgG KBVA ,kBV
NnM ()
B ae I ,Nm
.() AgG () NnM ()

.fAk ,JrN
NnM (BA)

(h
BlA
.yBA
AfNI NnM
h)

NnM
.BRNm (a Af BqBY)

:mC

.B R ?(Li) A B-1
A) AgBI-2
g \y ?(nA
.BRI
wNbM

g \y ?(nA
.BRI FM) wNbM I-3

R ?(nA
.h FI) afM B -4
g `jqG

.RDI AgB ?nA
?n

fI 6V AgB-5

g \y ?nA

.RDI
U A afM N-6
. g jgC
R
?nA
U
() (B) ae
KV
N-7

R ?N ?nA
.h LAU hZ -8
.g
B-9
BR PB
?()

NnM

-10
g \y ?()
.BRI
g I ?mA

.RDI ( ) N-11

.h R ?(B) NnM -12
.g RC

PB ?(h h) NnM -13

.B R ?(Af BqBY) NnM 6q -14

:iBM
MD \y
,jZA
:VA
B BB XjbNmG-C

181.{BBZy orA
}-1
182.{NlA
NA }-2

.jv BM-3
.Ah M

BI-4
Ah IDI-5
?\Zu

On aDI-6
.eBI

.UjA jrA

PfIC-7

LBNA-8
.fzA

O-9
.iBn

m
PBJz
.BjM G SIC-10

fm-11
.fmB

h
.jq OM B-12
h
.Nm
iC -13
BqBY eA
.fBa FU-14

.fm Af LA OCi-15
-L
U
.f
FJA
FNA
ABI

nC-1
B , I
NmA
() NU
PB-2
() M NU B
M
I
kBVA
.KBVA


BBI
U
.f Jq-3
PB-4
I
.jA (h h) B NU
U
.f (Af BqBY)_I RNmG-5
:MD

B LjC-X

183.{Vm
ZzA
AgG A }-1

Li
.JA Pl-2
A
184.{ZM
B }-3

h
.
NCi B-4
Af jNmG-5
.BA

oBbA
IiA
pifA
THE FORTY-FIFTH LESSON
JrA

jZA
BI
Particles Resembling a Verb
B jJbA
jM ,mA
VA afM jY :BI
,Oj mA
KvN JrA jZA

C G :Nm

O D

. _

B BG)
:M
.(fk ,BA
afM
hY ,A

BN ,BA (B) BZM f

I VA
.BfM jM inA (G) C A
Particles resembling a verb are particles entered upon a nominal sentence, they make
the noun accusative and the Khabar nominative, as you are aware. They are six particles:

( ,_
,O ,D ,C ,G).

At times, (BA B) is attached to the particle. At that time, it is entered upon verbs, you

would say: fk B BG Only Zaid stood.
Know that (G ) with Kasrah does not alter the meaning of the sentence, rather, it

emphasizes it.
jn
B (G)
:MD KV

h ,ejA
Y

,jJbA
mA YNA (C)
AgG-1
Afk
.(B G)
:Z ,A
B
AfNIA

.{jI BG } :BM ,A
fI-2
G hA ,uA
.(fNV
FU) :Z fI-3
Afk
.(B

G)
:Z ,A BjJa

OB AgG-4


) with Fathah, with the noun and Khabar, are in the ruling of the singular. Due
Know that (C
) in that which follows:
to that, it is required to give Kasrah to (G

Afk G Surely Zaid is standing.
1-When it is in the beginning of speech, as in: B

BG }
2-After a saying, like His, the Exalted's saying: {jI

"He says: Surely she is
a cow..." 185

G hA
3-After the Relative Noun, as in: fNV
FU He who came to me is certainly a
jurist.

Afk G Surely Zaid is standing.
is in its Khabar, as in: B
4-When Lam
l \N KV
B (G)
:MD

Afk C I)
.(B :Z ,B O AgG-1
C Oj)
.(B :Z

, O AgG-2

C iBNqA
.(yB JVC)
BBz O AgG-3
:Z ,G
C f)
.(B :Z

,CfNJ O AgG-4

Afk
.(B C OJV) :Z ,ijV O AgG-5

.(fa Bf C ) :Z ,() fI-6

.(N jyBY C ) :Z ,() fI-7
Fathah
on the Hamzah of (G) is required in that which follows:

Afk C I
1-When (the particle) occurs as a subject,186 as in: B It was conveyed
to me that Zaid is a scholar.

I disliked that you are standing.
2-When it occurs as an object, as in: B
C Oj

3-When it occurs a Mudaf
Ilaihi, as in: yB
C iBNqA
JVC
The fame that you are
virtuous surprised me.

C f
4-When it occurs as the Mubtada, as in: B With me it is that you are
standing.

Afk C
5-When it occurs as a genitive, as in: B I was surprised in that Zaid
OJV
is standing.

6-After ( ), as in: fa
Bf C Had you surely been with us, I would have
served you.

7-After ( ), as in: N C Had he not been present, I would have surely
jyBY
informed you.

G) :Z ,A
Afm ZA iBJNBI jBI
,KvA
inA (G)
mA A kV

.(AjU jU Bu
) with Kasrah is permissible with the nominative and
Apposition to the noun of (G

accusative states with consideration of the place (of I'rab of the word in apposition) and

the word (itself), as in: AjU jU Bu G Surely Sa'eed is fasting and Ja'far. 187
Afm

:ubA

.( _ O D C G) : ,Nm BI
JrA jZA

jM
.jJbA mA ,mA
KvN VA afM jZA h

BN
.A

,BA (B) BZM f
:yA G l
IiC jn

KV

OB AgG-1
.A

AfNIA

fI-2
.A

fI-3
.uA

A OB AgG-4
.BjJa

Jm
:yA BZN KV

.B O AgG-1

. O AgG-2
AgG-3
BBz O
.G

.CfNJ O AgG-4

.ijV O AgG-5
fI-6
.()

fI-7
.()

ZA
.A jA
iBJNHI
KvA mA A kV
(G)

:mC

?B B ?BI JrA jZA B-1
g \y ?A
BI

.RDI
JrA jZA M N-2

.g \y

BRI
OG
?
C
VA jM
inA (G) -3

.B R (G) jn
l yA ef-4
g BZy

.RDI (C) l \NM N jgC-5

iBM

VA
:BNA Bjn

C (G) l \N KJm I ,BjJa (G) mA XjbNmG-C

.D fA G-1

188.{A
fJ G B}-2

C I-3
.jBn

Afm
.jyBY C OJV-4
.OM C -5
O
C O-6
.eU
-L

.in B (G) l M U TQ PB-1

.YN l
B (C) U
M
TQ PB-2
:MD

B LjC-X

189.{mA
A
f fA G}-1
190.{J
jA
I Z A C AA }-2
BnA
191.{Kj
if B }-3

.i A
D-4

.BY mA O-5
nA

peBnA
IiA
pifA
THE FORTY-SIXTH LESSON
jZA
JrA
BI I

The Remaining Particles Resembling A Verb

A
,BA
(G) I BI Bj BjJa
hY l ,inA (G) bM f
Bf U
B G }
:BM
,BBG kV hY
,{ B G } :BM

.{jzZ
J G }

G } ,{BA O
:BM

,BJB
bmBA BA
afM

.{IgBA

) vowelled with Kasrah is found lightened. At that time, the Lam
At times, (G in its Khabar is

) and (BA
required (in order to make a) distinction between (the lightened G G ), as in His,

B
the Exalted's saying,: {

G } "(Your Lord) will most certainly pay back to all
(their deeds in full)." 192 It is permissible, at that time, to nullify (its government), as in His,
Bf
the Exalted's saying:{jzZ U
B

G } "And all of them shall surely be brought
before Us." 193
Mostly, it is entered upon the verb (abrogating a meaning established before it), as in His,
J
the Exalted's saying: {BA

O G } "Though before this you were certainly of

"And We know you to be certainly of
those who did not know." 194 And: {IgBA

G }
the liars."195

Ah
mG
,OB ,VA
afN ,if
Dq
jy
BBG KV bM f YNA

,{yj m C }
:BM
, C ,(C) C ,(B fk C I) :Z
.BjJa

VA
(C) mA jNNnA

jzB

) vowelled with Fathah. It is required that it govern the estimated Pronoun
Likewise, is (C

of Fact (DrA

). It is entered upon a sentence, be it nominative, as in: B C I

It
jy fk

has reached me that Zaid is a scholar, in other words (C). Or (it may be entered upon) a

verbal sentence, as in His, the Exalted's words: {yj "He knows that
m C }
there must be among you sick..." 196
Then, the concealed pronoun is the noun of (C ) and
the sentence is its Khabar.

,inA
(G)

JrNA
Jj Afk

B

: ,(fmC D) :Z (D)
,JrN

.(fmB Afk G) BjfM ,B BA
OZN BG

fN

N ,bM f

.(fmC fk D) R ,A
(D
Afk
) is for resemblance, as in: fmC
D Zaid is like a lion. It is said that it is compounded
) with Kasrah. It only becomes vowelled with Fathah due
(of resemblance) and (G
from Kaf

Afk G Surely Zaid is like a lion.
upon it. Its estimation is: fmB
to the precedence of the Kaf

Zaid is like a lion.
At times, it is lightened and nullified from government, like: fmC fk D
FU
fm B) :Z A
,A I mNM

jBN ,AifNm
(_)
_ B) :Z
fYC ,AA
B .(jyBY
kV
AeZ fY
_ LB ,FU AfBa _

fYC bM
fY
_ Kg) ,N
:Z ,(fB
AfY
.(Bf
) is for rectification. It is placed between two (types of) speech dissimilar in words and
(_

meaning, as in: FU AfBa
_ fm B Sa'eed did not come to me but Hameed
FU came;

AeZ
jyBY fY
_
LB Hameed
is present. Waw
disappeared but Mahmud is

AfY
permissible with it, as in: fB _ B Ahmad stood but Hameed is sitting.
fYA
Kg
fYC
_
(When) it is lightened, then, it is nullified in government, as in: Bf fY
Ahmad
left but Hameed
is with us.

I
.MC
(BI
O):Z ,N O
AfBa

(O ) is for distant hope, as in: BI O I wish Khalid
AfBa would believe in Allah, in the
meaning of: MC

I wish.
Z ()

:jBrA ,UjN
On ZBvA
A
BYu kj KYC

)
fk hq
.(B :Z ,BI jVA

A
f ( C ) :PB ()
B Pfk () BuC ejJA
AJA
.j

) is for reasonable hope, as in the saying of the poet:
(
On ZBvA
A
BYu kj KYC
I love the righteous while I'm not from them
Perhaps Allah will bless me with righteousness

Rarely, the state of Jarr (is produced) by it, as in: B
fk Perhaps Zaid is standing. In
,C
) there are many variations in language: ( ,
,). With Mubarrid, its origin is:
,
(

() and the Lam
is extraneous in it. The remainder are branches (of these forms).

:ubA
hY
,BA
kV
Bj
I BI
(G)
BBG A lM
BjJa inA (G) Oa AgG

.BA
Bae ,A

VA hY
mA afM ,if
Dq jy
BBG KV YNA (C) Oa AgG

.A

A jY C (f) C (m) C (nA) ae KV VA YNA (C) Oae AgG
A

.A


,bM
N
.A

f (D)
,JrN
Oa
M

.A
AgG
,A
A

jBN

I M AifNm
(_)

(O)
.N
hq
.BI jVA
,UjN ()

:mC

B ?inA
G Bl
?Oa (G)
bM -1

.h fI
R ?bNA (G)
BG kV -2

g \y ? C BA
.BRI bA (G) afM C-3

.h 6q C ? C YNA
R ?BBG KV (C) bM -4

.RDI af C KV
g `jqG ?A VA bA (C) Oae AgG-5
AgB ,A

G BY -6
?Oa B ?(_)bM

.B R ,( ,O ,_) B
jgC-7

:iBM
B BB
:VA JrA
I ,BI
jZA
-C
J
197.{BA
O G }-1

Afm
.B G-2
B
_
.y Ah-3
Afk
.fmC

D-4

198.{ O B :B}-5
fm
.K pif
_
Bm-6

-L

.b B (G) U
M
TQ PB-1

NU PB-2
.bA (_) efrA
BRA A M
(_)

U
.f bA (D) NmG-3
O)
.(_ B U
TQ -4

B LjC-X
:MD

199.{B
Ak kD O N B}-1

200.{l
if
B }-2

jaA
Af
.BMBN BfA
G-3

201.{fn
nM A G }-4
Kra D

IBnA
IiA pifA

THE FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON

jY
1-A
Appositive Particles-1

,I
._ , ,C ,BG ,C ,NY ,Q ,FA ,AA :jr A jY

,I , ,C ,BG ,C ,NY
The appositive particles are ten: _ ,Q .
,AA
,FA

C 6VA

.fY Bf fm
B Em ,(fY ,B
FU) :Z
fm V (A)_
fm
) is for combining, without exception, as in: fY
Then, (AA
FU
Sa'eed and Hameed

came. It being the same that Sa'eed preceded in coming or Hameed.

I Bf
.
fm
B AgG (fZ
fm B) :Z I KMjN
, (FA)

fm
(FA) signifies sequence without delay, as in: fZ
B Sa'eed stood, then Hameed,

when Sa'eed had preceded (Hameed)
without delay.

ae)
Q fk
. BI afBI
Bf fk B AgG ,(fBa (Q)
:Z ,I KMjN

Q fk ae Zaid entered, then Khalid,
(Q) signifies sequence with delay, as in: fBa when Zaid
preceded in entering and between them there was a delay.
C jNr
.(Q)

C BN (Q)
C G A KMjNA R
(NY)

NY
C ,(FJA pBA :Z
PB) ,A

fM . aAe
A B

.(BrA NY XBZA f)
:Z ,y
(NY

) is like (Q) in sequence and delay except that its delay is less than (Q). It is conditional
that its appositive is entered into (word to which apposition is made). It conveys a
pBA
strengthening of the apposition, as in: FJA
People die, even prophets. Or (it
PB
NY

NY
XBZA f The pilgrims arrived, even the walking.
conveys its weakness, as in: BrA

C UjI

BG (BG) .(CjA
Pij) :Z
,I

jA
fY ZA

PJR
(C BG C)
C kV
fN BG Wk
,(ej BG efA)
:Z (BG)
,jaC
B

fM AgG

jY M

,(C)
:Z
o C KMB
.(KMBI BG fk) (BG)

(C ,BG ,C ) signify the establishment of a ruling for one of two matters not in itself, as in:
C UjI

CjA I passed by a man or a woman. (BG) is only an appositive particle when it is
Pij
BG Xk
preceded by another (BG), as in: ej BG efA
Numbers are either even or either odd.

Zaid is either a writer
It is permissible to precede (BG) over (C ), as in: KMBI o C KMB
BG fk
or he is not a writer.

:ubA

,I
._ , ,C ,BG ,NY ,Q ,FA ,C ,AA : A jY

.B V
(AA)
I KMjNA
. V
(FA)

KMjN
.
(Q)

ZA (C
PJR
.C
,BG ,C)
BN C G

A
KMjNA

(Q)

R (NY)
fY
jA
.I

A
,I
(_
.BM Fq G eBA
pifA , ,C) SfZA MDm

:mC
U

.f A jY ef-1
BaeC

R ?(AA) NnM N-2
.h
g \y ?A

.RDI (Q FA! NnM
66q -3

g `jqG

RC
.f I BI
?(Q) B ?A
jA (NY) fM AgB-4

.B R ?A (C ,BG ,C) fM AgB-5

jY
? (BG) M N-6

:iBM

I ,jZA
VA
:BNA
BMfB XjbNmG-C

fm
.fBa
jBm-1
g f

202.{BBu
B iB
C Bn C}-2

AfBa
Q
.fm ae-3

203.{Ai
BG JnA
BG AjBq Bf BG}-4
Ah PCj
C-5

?Ag C LBNA

C LBNA
.VA ha-6

G KhM C C jBnM
. C BG-7

PBAjA
:BNA jY y-L
BJmB

.YBnA...............vA
OCi-1

OeC-2
.OJg................

PCj-3
.VA..............LBNA

..............UjA
.jUBM.........jJ Ah-4
B-5

.N zM ,CjM..........KNM C........fm
KB
.pif..........OC C-7

:MD

B LjC-X
.n :B
J
A-1

Q bA
204.{f CfJ C}-2

C MD
? B C if -3

BC
205.{jaC
f C Bzj
jm B }-4

BG iBVNA
.NA BG jNaG-5


IiA pifA
BRA
THE FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON

jY
2-A
Appositive Particles-2

:n
(C)
fYC M
BI Dn
,BJ PJRI
BfYC BnA
B
,jA
B :vN-1

(BG C)
.uC BfYC BI BnA
PJRI H
bI

:iC
QQ BBNmA jNr

(C) is of two types:

): It is that which is inquired about (by means of the particle) in
1-Conjunctive (vN
distinguishing one of two matters while the inquirer is knowledgeable of the
establishment of one of the two in an ambiguous manner, in variance to (BG C ).
Then, the questioner (utilizing these) two originally does not know of the
establishment of one of them.
Conditional in its usage are three matters:

C f
.(?fY :Z
fmC)
,l BJ M C :A
fI
h B
G C ,lA
B QB
(C) fI
mA lA fI BfI B C :BRA

:B (?eB C fBa
,h

C Afm OCiC) f BC) :Z B G ,j B

.(?AfV

BNmA
,NA BG
,BnA
f

BZ
jA PJQ C :SBRA
fYC

C f
: AgH ,() C ()
jUC) e ,NBI (C)
LAU
C KU h

.() C () IAV (BG C)_I m AgG BC ,BfYC NI
IAV (?fBa

C f
First: That Hamzah occurs before it, as in: fY
C Is Sa'eed with you or
fm
Hameed?

Second: That which follows it is similar to that which follows Hamzah, meaning if a
noun follows Hamzah, then likewise following (C) is a noun, as has passed. If it was a
verb (following the particle) it is likewise, as in: ?eB f

C fBa
BC Did Khalid

stand or

'Adil OCiC
C Afm
sit? It is not said: AfV Did you see Sa'eed or Majeed? 206
Third: That the establishment of one of two matters is realized with the questioner
(who) is only asking regarding distinguishing (one of these two matters). Due to that, it

is required that the reply to (C) distinguishes (one of the two matters), unlike ( ) or
C f
(). When it is said: fBa C Is Ja'far with you or Khalid?
jU Then, the reply is to

distinguish one them. Regarding when asked with (BG C ), then, the reply is ( ) or
().
B g ,(?Bq
C I

BG) :Z ,lA (I) I :-2

,Bq BC rA vY Q ,A Jm
(I BG) :O ,fI BZJq OCi
~AjA
(Bq

I) B jaE Am BNmA ,A iBJaA
fvM C) :O
C
.(?Bq
fC)
C fYC :Z
,BNmA

,j B jJbA

G
A (C) NnM

f
.(?eZ

): (When combined) with Hamzah, it is in the meaning of (I), as
2-Disjunctive (
C I
in: Bq

BG Certainly it's camels or is it sheep? That is as if you saw an image

from afar and said: I BG Certainly it's a camel, in a manner of certainty. Then, you
became doubtful that it could be sheep, then you say: Bq C Or is it sheep? You
intend to disclaim the first information
and initiate another question anew, (the new

question's) meaning being: Bq C I Rather, is it sheep?

() H

KU B
M .B jA fY (_
ZA PJR I ) NnM
,A ,BRA
I fYC FU) :Z
LAjyA fM (I) (fV fm FU)
:Z
fBa
.( fm
_ ,AifNm
B) :Z ,eZ
(_) I B
FU
,(eZ

I ,) are utilized to establish a ruling being distinguished for one of two matters. ()
(_

negates for the second that which is required for the first, as in: fV FU
Sa'eed
fm

I
came to me, not Majeed. (I) signifies abandonment of the first, as in: eZ fYC FU

Ahmad
came to me, rather Mahmud . Its meaning is: eZ FU I Rather, Mahmud came.

) is for rectification, as in: fBa fm

(_ _ B Sa'eed stood but Khalid
did not stand.

:ubA

jY
:A NM

QQ vNA
:iC jNr
BNmA vN
. :n (C)

.l BfNM C-1

B QB
fI
.lA BfI B C-2

.BnA

f

BZ
jA fYC PJQ C-3

.BNmA C jJbA G
A (C) NnM

.B jA

fY ZA
PJR
(_
,I ,) NnM

:mC

?A (C) I BI jA B ?vNA (C)_I Dn 6q C -1

.B R jq
g `jqG ?(C) BNmA B-2
g \y ?

.RDI KV
AgB

?(C) NnA B-3

m B-4
?(BG C)_I AgG LAVA

g \y ?A
.BRI (C) B-5

.B R g I ?A
(C) NnM 6q -6

R ?(_
.h ,I ,) NnM 6q -7
.g

BR PB
?() B-8

:iBM

B BB
:VA I jZA XjbNmG-C

C fm
?fBa iAfA
C-1

?UAi C JAh G-2
fm
.fBa
jBm-3
207.{ AB
nC _ B }-4
B

208.{Jm
yC I B
G
G}-5

PBAjA
:BNA BJmB BjY y-L

.V............BIBN OjNqG-1

.fm..............fY FU-2

-3
.............?jBn

............... -4
.............ffU
.M Ci
h-5

B LjC-X
:MD

209.{BBI FnA

C Ba fqC
NCC}-1

210.{ZBI
FU I U C}-2
I

A
.BA jC-3

fBa
.Cj _ LBNA
fm
Cj-4
?() A ei B C Al
C-5

IiA pifA
mBNA
THE FORTY-NINTH LESSON

JNA
jY
Particles of Notice

,C ,BC) :QQ ,ZA

6q M ,KBbA
Oy
JN
jY jY
:JNA
.(B
The Particles of Notice are particles coined to give notice to the one spoken to in order

that he should not miss something of the (sentence's) ruling. They are three: (B ,C ,BC).

A LlY G C} :BM
Z ,OB mG
,VA G (BC C) afM

.(LjzM C ,{ZA
BC ,M C) :Z ,

(C ,BC) are only entered upon a sentence, be it a nominal sentence, as in His, the

A
Exalted's saying: {ZA LlY G C} "Now surely the party of Allah they are the

successful ones." 211 Or, be it a verbal sentence, as in: M C You should not do it; BC
Do not strike.
LjzM

afM
: (B)

,U
B) :Z
fk
.(B
Ah) :Z

,ejA
.(
(B) is entered upon:
A sentence, as in: B
B Zaid is standing.
fk
as in: Ah This;
These.
A singular word,


jZA
EfA
Vocative Particles

:na EfA
jY

B (C) (YNA lA) 2-1
.Kj

B (B BC) 4-3
.fJ

.BBYC Pj f mNA
fJA (B)-5
Kj

.
The Vocative Particles are five: B ,B ,BC ,C
,YNA
lA

1-2: Hamzah vowelled with Fathah
(YNA lA) and (C) for the near.

3-4: (B ,BC) They are both for the remote.
5: (B) It is for the near, the remote and median. Its rules have already passed.

LBVA
jY
Particles of Reply
UC G I )
.(G jU

:Nm LBVA
jY

,UC
The Particles of Reply are six: (G ,jU ,G ,I ,).

.B C B BNJR ,IBm () BC
jjN
), then, it is for affirming previous speech, be it positive or negated.
Regarding (

AB IjI
,{I OnC}
:BM

BNmA B Em ,A
LBVBI
wNbM
(I)

.B O ,fk
f C (I ) :B B AejV C

(I) is particular to replies to negation, the same whether it is with interrogation, as in His,

AB IjI
the Exalted's saying: {I OnC} "Am I not your Lord, they said: yes," or it is
212

devoid of interrogation as it is said: I O ,fk Zaid did not stand, I said: yes, in other

words: B f He had stood.

(?Ah B ) AgG B ,nA
G
Nn ,()
I
LAU

jY (G)

G)
.(A :M
(G) is a Particle of Reply in the meaning of (

). It is only used with an oath, as when it is

Is it as such? You would say: A G Yes, by God!
said to you: ?Ah B
Ah fuC
.jJbA

C (G jU
UC)
,jU

,UC), in others words, I affirm you in this information.
(G

:ubA

,C ,BC) :QQ ,ZA
6q M
,KBbA
Oy
JN
B :JNA

jY
.(B

.(YNA lA ,G ,B ,BC ,B) :na EfA
jY

,UC ,G ,I ,) :Nm LBVA
.(G ,jU jY

:mC

.B R ,Oy I ,JNA jY ef-1

C -2

.h R ?(BC ,C) afM VA
g \y ?VA

.RDI C ejA
(B) afM

-3

.f BI eB
RC jY
?EfA

B-4

vNbA
?fJBI B ?KjBI
vNbA jY B-5
EfA

R
. ?mNA KjA fJA jNrA
EfA
jY B-6

B R
.U ?LBVA
jY B-7

R ?() NnM -8
.h

.B R wNbM I-9
?(I)

?fvN NnM
NA

LBVA

jY B-10

.B R ?(G) NnM -11

:iBM
-C
J-1
JNA
.U jZI

jNrA fJA
.BI mNA KjBI
vNbA jZBI
eB-2

VA
:BNA LBVA
jY B -L

?Afm
. OCi -1

?{fJ
213.I A
BI oC}-2

.IC G ?OJA
BC-3

jBm-4
.G ?fm

.UC ?e f-5

?|j
.jU -6

?B
.I DM C-7

:MD
B LjC

J n
?m B C-1

214.{I AB ,jh MD
C}-2
215.{Ii
G YC JNn }-3

?BmjA -4

. OJN

.UC ?y f-5

pifA
nbA
THE FIFTIETH LESSON

fAlA
jZA
Extraneous Particles

:Jm
G)
jY .BhZI
fAlA A jN SZI A fAk |I M f
jZA
FJA B C
.A
Some of the Extraneous Particles occur in speech whereas the meaning is not altered by

its elision. The Extraneous Particles are seven: (A ,FJA , , ,B ,C ,G).

eAlM
:(G)

fk
.(B ,BA
G B) :Z (B) -1

ae
.(OA G B u) :Z ,ifvA (B) -2
OnU
G B)

.(OnU :Z ,(B) -3

(G) is extraneous:

fk G B Zaid is not standing.
1-With (B) of Negation, as in: B
2-With (B) Masdariyyah,

ae G B u Pray whenever entering the time.
as in: OA

G B When you sat, I sat.
OnU
), as in: OnU
3-With (B

:(C) eAlM

FU C B}
.{jrJA
:BM
Z ,(B) -1
.(O C A
O
I-2
) :Z ,() nA (A)

(C) is extraneous:

), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {jrJA
1-With (B C B}
FU "So when a bearer of
good news came..." 216
) of the Oath and ( ), as in: O O C A
2-Between the (AA

By God, if you
stand, I stand.

:(B) eAlM

G C C N gG) -1
Ah .(Ou Ou BgG) :M B (jrA
.AJA

Yi
.{A BJ}
:BM
Z ,jVA |I fI-2
jY
(B) is extraneous:
,C
G ,C
1-With (jrA ,N
,gG ) as you would say: Ou BgG Whenever you
Ou

fasted, I fasted.

jY
2-After some of the Genitive Particles (jVA ), as in His, the Exalted's saying:
217
Yi
{A BJ}
"Thus it is due to mercy from Allah"

: () eAlM
FU
fY
,A
.(eZ B) :Z
-1
fI (AA)

.{MjC gG fVnM C B} :BM Z
,ifvA (C) fI-2
I
.nC

,{AA
oBI
nC
BA
I
nC

,nA
} :BM
J-3
() is extraneous infrequently:
1-With (AA
FU
fY
) and negation, as in: eZ B Hameed did not come nor

.
Mahmud

B), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {MjC
gG fVnM B}
C
2-Following (ifvA
"What hindered you so that you did not make obeisance when I commanded
you..." 218

nC
oBI
3-Before oaths, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {AA I
,BA nC
}
"Nay, I swear by the day of resurrection; Nay, I swear by the self-accusing

soul..." 219 It is in the meaning of: nC
I swear.

jVA
.Bf jY fM
Bjg (A
f FJA )
BC

Regarding (A ,FJA ,), their mention has preceded in the Genitive Particles, therefore
we will not repeat it.

ifvA
jZA
Particles Resembling the Masdar

OBy
} :BM
,A
V B
.(C C B) :QQ ifvA jZA

~iA

:jBrA
,BJYjI
C ,{OJYi BI

BIBg IBg B Kg B jA
BA jn

.{AB C G LAU B B} :BM
(C)

.B O C ,(B C O) :Z ,mA
V (C)

,C ,B). The first two are for verbal
Particles resembling the Masdar
are three: (C

BI ~iA
sentences, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {OJYi
OBy } "The earth became
220
strait to you not withstanding its spaciousness." In other words, with its spaciousness.
And the saying of the poet:

BIBg IBg B Kg B jA
BA jn

Man enjoys the passing of the nights While their passing for him is a loss

:ubA

A
,FJA , ,B ,C ,G) :Jm .B jN OhY AgG

NA :fAlA
jY

.(A

.(C ,C ,B) :QQ ifvA
jZA

:mC

R
.BMeBl jY B-1
?fAlA
g \y ?(C)
eAlM
.RDI
N-2

eAjG
.BR (G) eBk eiA
jgC-3
VI jZA
.f h
R ?(B) eAlM C -4
VI AgB -5
.f g jgC ?g ?() eAlM
U
.f BaeC ,ifvA jZA ef-6
I-7
R ?BNifvA
.h (C B) wNbM

.B R g \y ? C BBI (C) wNbM -8

:iBM

MD U I ,eBlA
jY
:VA
B
BMeBk
XjbNmG-C

OnU
.OnU B N-1
fm
.fBa B-2
jBm
221.{BA
I nC }-3
.g M

C ei B-4
PjBm
.PjBm C B-5
OMC
.OMC C A

-6

:MD B -L

.fAk (G) B U
M TQ-1

B eAlM
.(C) NU-2

.fAk B () M U TQ-3

U
.ifv
(B C C) B M TQ PB-4

M
:ifvBI
I ,BNA
VA ifvA jZA XjbNmG-X
.jBn
C O-1
fB
.

AJNM C : B-2
Oe B Afq
222.{
O }-3
.jB
C OCi-4

.Bmi G KN C Oa-5
:MD

B LjC-e

223.{BjY Ne B jJA fu jY }-1

kM
.vA C jm-2
224.{N B ll}-3

JU
_ BJ G B-4
e BBB
.BjaE

.NjNYA OMC C A -5
Oe B Afq
225.{
O }-6

eBZA
nbA
pifA
THE FIFTY-FIRST LESSON

jnNA
BjY
The Two Particles of Explanation

.(C C) :B

(C)

.jA C jnM :O D ,jA C C {...NA jA DmA } BM (C)_

gG (C B)
B C BeB } :BM
:B ,{AjIG ,A I I jn BG

,A
.B

C
Then, (C) is like His, the Exalted's saying: jA C {NA } "And inquire in the
jA DmA
226
C
town which...," meaning, the people of the town. Like your having said: jA jnM

) only explains with it a verb in the meaning of
It's explanation is the people of the town. (C
B C BeB
}
"And We called out him
a saying, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {AjIG
227

B We said to him that..., when it is the

saying: O Ibrahim!" Therefore, it is not said: C
word of the saying not the meaning.

jY
|zZNA

Particles of Incitement

SY BB ,A
ifu B ,B C ) : IiC
|zZNA

jY

) :Z ,yBA Oae G jM ,(DM ) :Z ,iBzA
Oae
AgG A
B A
.j

G afM .PB B G
iBJNBI

BzzZM hY

,(Afk OjC

BfI G
Pjv C ,Afm
.Afm B jv M B , iByHJ
,mA

jY ifvA jY jrA jY A lVA ,A BlU ,Jj BU
jY BRA

.BNmA

The Particle of Incitement are four: (B , ,C ,). They require initiating speech. Its

meaning is to incite an action when entered upon the present-tense, as in: DM You're
not eating? (It has the meaning of) censure and rebuke when entered upon the

past-tense, as in: Afk OjC You did not honor Zaid? At that time, it is not incitement
except in consideration of that which has passed. It is only entered upon a verb, as has
passed. If a noun occurs after it, then, it is with the concealment of a verb, just as you

would say to he who helped a people: Afm Why not Sa'eed? Meaning in other words:

Pjv Why didn't you help Sa'eed?
Afm
All of them are compounds. Its second part is a Particle of Negation and its first part is a
Conditional Particle, a Particle Resembling a Masdar
or Particle of Interrogation.

) :Z

,A BRA
VA eU VA BNA
,jaE B (B )

BC NU G XBNZ hY
.AfIC mA (j

(B ) both have another meaning. It is the obstruction of the second sentence due to

the existence of the first sentence, as in: j Had there been no 'Ali, surely

'Umar would have been destroyed.

:ubA
jnNA

A jNr
(C)
(C C) :jnNA
. BjY

Oae AgG jNA
A
,iBzA
A

Oae AgG
SZA fM jY :|zZNA

jY

.yBA

G afM ,A
ifu
G M (B , ,C ,)
:jY

IiC |zZN

fI hY
,A BRA
eU VA eU BNA ,jaE (B )_ .A

.AfIC mA A VA M C

:mC
B
U
.f ,jnNA
aeC jY jgC-1
jY
B
.VA I ,|zZNA
ef-2

jY
B-3
.h R ?iBzA
Oae AgG
|zZNA

.B R ?yBA
Oae AgG |zZNA

jY fM AgB-4

jY
g \y ?mA
.BRI
|zZNA
afM -5

BR j fU
(B )_ -6

. jgC ?|zZNA

:iBM
B BB
I ,|zZNA ,jnNA
:VA
jY -C
OJA

.OJA
C C ,yA
m-1

BM fm
. B C OeB-2

?BaC OjC -3

G
?jyBZA KhM C-4
jJrM

?jA -5
jrNA
.mA B () m
-6
fZ
.OJmj
B-7

-L

.(C C)_I AjnM
NU PB-1

U
:f
(B , , ,C) aeC-2

:MD
B LjC-X

A
228.{ C JZM
j C}-1
Kj UC G
229.{...fuD

}-2
MjaC
NC
Mj
.#AnBI qC C $-3

aC fMj
. -4

230.{A
uA C G BYD}-5

nbA pifA
BRA
THE FIFTY-SECOND LESSON

jY
BjY NA
BNmA
The Particle of Anticipation and the Two Particles of Interrogation

Ki f) :Z ,BZA

G

JjN
yBA

A

af jY :(f) NA jY

C \v yBA Ah .BzC

lM jY Om g U
KjNA ,Ah J C ,(jA
B f ?fk
B ) :B LAU N

6V
BIAU B AgG fDN
,Bn f .BY

.(fk

The Particle of Anticipation (f): it is a particle entered upon the past-tense verb in order to

Ki
make it closer (in time) to the present, as in: jA f The Ameer just rode, meaning just
before this. Due to that, it is termed the Particle of Approximation also. For this, the
past-tense is required to be suitable to occur in the present-tense. At times, it comes for
the meaning of emphasis, when it is a reply to an inquirer. Therefore, you would say in

reply to he who said: fk B Did Zaid stand? fk B f Zaid already stood.
f eAVA
.(jN G)
f LhA
G ,fv :Z fN
,iBzA
,NA (f) afM

6V
A
.{A f} :BM ,ZN
f
A
.(OnYC f) :Z ,nBI
A I BI vA kV
Z
eU
,jA A
BfI

:jBrA f hZ
C j
YjNA
fC
f D lM
BBYjI B BIBi
f D
.OAk C

(f) is entered upon the present-tense verb, then, it signifies lessening, as in:
f eAVA
jN G
f LhA
G ,fv

Surely the liar sometimes is truthful, surely the generous is sometimes slacking.

A f} "Allah
At times, it comes for realization, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {A
231
knows indeed those among you who hinder others..." A separator with an oath is

permissible between (f) and a verb, as in: OnYC A f By God, you did good.

Sometimes, due to an indicator, the verb following (f) is elided, as in the saying of the

f D

lM B j

poet: BBYjI BIBi
C fC
YjNA
The time of travel approached except that our mounts
Had not started our journey and it was as though it had already ceased.

BjY
BNmA
The Two Particles of Interrogation
?B :Z
fkC) ,A
mA

VA afM
,A ifu B ,( lA)

BNmA

jR

.A jRC A
Bae .(?fk B

Afk LjzMC
?OCi AfkC) :Z ,B () BNmA kV yA lA NnM f
()

C f
h NnM ,(B C ,B C) ;(?fY ?aC
jUC

.yAA

) Both initiate speech and both are entered upon nominal and verbal sentences,
( lA
C Is Zaid standing? ?fk
fk
as in: ?B

B Did Zaid stand? Mostly, they entered upon
verbal sentences due to the excess of interrogation about actions.
At times, Hamzah is used in situations wherein it is not allowed to use (), as in: OCi
Afk C

C
Did you see Zaid? ?aC Afk LjzM
C; Did you strike Zaid while he is your brother? jU
C f
fY Is Ja'far with you or Hameed? B C ,B C Or who was, then who was?

() is not used in these situations.232

:ubA

,iBzA
f

af .BZA

G JjM
f
,yBA
jY (f)
af M
A
I I
vA
.nBI
MD
kV ,BzC ZN f ,NA

mA
VA af
,A ifu
B
B ,( lA) BjY
:BNmA

.() B NnM yA lA NnM ,AjR A

:mC
jY

?NA B-1

.h (f) NnM
R ?KjNA N-2

.BRI (f)
g \y ?fDN NnM -3

B-4
g I ?iBzA
.BRI Oae AgG (f)
-5

R ?ZNA
.h (f) eBNn
.g
I vA

BR PB ?A (f) kV -6

R ?(f) fI A
.h hY kV N-7

jY B-8
?BNmA

?() BNmA
e B lA kV NA eiAA B-9

:iBM
VA I-C
:BNA (f) B

.IC Kg f-1
iBNA
.BIjA

f-2

FU
.jBnA f-3

.PfUC A f-4
6V FU-5
.nY f fm

C mA
: B A
VA OaeC I ,BNmA jY -L
KNC-1
?pifA
?iAfA fm -2

?FU fZC-3
f
?Y B C-4
jJa
?\Zu
fC-5

?AjA OM -6
Ou
?jrA
jaE -7
:MD

B LjC-X

233.{BBk \C f}-1

.vA OB f-2

234.{BY Ii f B MfU }-3
G
235.{BnYA BnYA AlU }-4

236.{ifu `jr C}-5

nbA pifA
SBRA
THE FIFTY-THIRD LESSON

jY
jrA
Conditional Particles

,NU

B
fYA
af ,A
ifu B (BC G) :QQ jrA jY

C N
.NNb C BNB NmA

G ). For these are (the requirement) of initializing
Conditional Particles are three: (BC
speech. Each one is entered upon two sentences, be they two nominal or two verbal
sentences or two differing sentences.

,(jD

,yB
() G) :Z ,yBA
Mik A (G)_
Oae G ,BJNm

Oae G

.(NjC ilM ) :Z ,iBzA
jrA
.(NjD OC G)
jAk :Z
,AjfM C
,j B B
A Bl jY

O G ME) :B (O O G) R ,B rA
iA
G (G) NnM

KJnI BRA
VA fM () .(orA O AgG ME) B BG ,(orA
A

.{BMfn G E B }
B
:BM A VA

) is for the future although entered upon the past-tense verb, as in: NjC
(G
G If you
ilM

visit me, I will honor you. ( ) is for the past-tense although entered upon the

Had you visited me, I would have honored you.
ilM
present-tense verb, as in: NjC
Conditional Particles
require a verb, be it a literal or estimated (verb), as has passed, as

in: NjD jAk OC G If you are my visitor, then I will honor you.

) is only used in doubtful matters like: O O G If you stand, I'll stand. Therefore, it is
(G

AgG ME
not said: orA O G ME I'll come to you if the sun rises. It can only be said: O
I will come to you when the sun rises. ( ) signifies the negation of the second
orA
sentence by reason of the negation of the first sentence, as in His, the Exalted's saying:
A
{BMfn

G E B "If there had been in them any gods except Allah, they would
B }
237
both have certainly been in a state of disorder."
AgG

jY af hA A
C KV jrA fM A A nA

G A ) :Z , C ,(Nj
MDM NMC G A ) :Z ,B ByB jrA

BIAU
B KU h
,jr
AlU ,n

A VA M hY
BRA ,(jV
OCi

.BRA
B BZ A nA LAU KV B

G)
MDM :Z , BI
LAVA DI
,nA
jJN C kBU A

m
nA AgG

C kBU
.(NMC G)
A MDM :Z

, ,(NM A
When an oath occurs in the beginning of speech and precedes the condition, it is
required that the verb which the conditional particle is entered upon is a literal past-tense

verb, as in: Nj NMC G A By God, if you come to me I will honor you. Or a

G A By God, had you come to me, I
MDM
(past-tense verb) in meaning, as in: jV
certainly would separate from you. At that time, the second sentence in the expression is
a reply to the oath nor the requital of the condition. Due to that, whatever is required in
the requital is required in the reply to the oath from the Lam and similar matters as you
have seen in the two examples.
When the oath occurs in the middle of speech, it is permissible to consider that the reply

is for the oath, as in: NM
with Lam G If you come to me, by God I will come to
A MDM

you. It is also permissible to nullify (the requirement of Lam), as in: NMC G .
MDM

,V
BC VA hA
Afm q
BC fm pBA ) :Z jg
B vN (BC)

Aq hA
.(iBA

) is for the details of that which was mentioned in general, as in:
(BC

iBA hA
Aq hA BC VA Afm BC fm
q
pBA
People are wretched and Sa'eed is either of those who ascend, then he is in paradise.
Regarding those who are wretched, then they are in the hell-fire.
KVM
:IAU

.FA-1

BJJm
.BR A C-2
C
BI evA

BJM fI jrA C -B hZ C-3
-
fk
,(
H
6 B)
q jfM

BC)
:Z ,BfI
AA
mA

Y

I NY
fl
B ,( BC) ijVA
iBVA A hZ ( fl

A lVA y BRA lVA G FA O AlVA (F)
jrA ae KmB

I
.hZA
By (FA)
A (BC)
BC) :Z
,FA
fI B B
G ,j B CfNJ AfNI BZBu B G lVA g Q

.jA (VA

) B
()_

fl
,( VA

) are:
Required in the reply of (BC

1-Fa.
2-That the first sentence is a reason for the second sentence.
3-That the verb is elided, provided that the condition requires a verb, so that it can
be a notice that the intent in the sentence is the ruling of the noun occurring after
fk
it, as in:
BC Regarding Zaid, he is departing. Its estimation is:

fl 6q B Whatever thing it may be, then Zaid is departing.

Then the verb () was elided as well as the Genitive Particle (iBVA
) and the word it

) until what remains is:
governs (ijVA fl BC . For whatever condition it is not
appropriate to enter the Fa of the requital, the Fa
is transferred to the second part

and the first part is placed between (BC) and (FA
) being substituted for the elided
verb.

Then, that requital is the Mubtada, if, as has passed, it is appropriate for the Mubtada.

as in:
Otherwise, its governing agent is that which is after the Fa, fl VA BC
Regard Friday, then Zaid is departing.

:ubA
,NVA

NmA afM ,A
M .(BC G)
ifu QQ jrA jY
C N
.NNb C

N
NA

iA G (G)
NnM .yBA
A
Oae G ,BJNm (G)

.B

Oae

G ,yB ,A KJnI
BNA
BRA
VA BNA
()
fM
.iBzA

KV C KV jrA

Bf
VA B ,ByB
jrA jY nA AgG

A m nA AgG .BZ A KV
B BRA
VA kBU nA
LAU

BIAU C n
.jr BIAU :BUA
B BRA

KV
:IAU ,V
jg B
vN
(BC)

.FA-1

A
.BR JJm-2

hY-3
.jrA

:mC
jY
By
.VA I jrA ef-1

R ?jrA
.h jY B afM NA VA AC B-2
g I ?(G)
NnM
-3
RC
.f k


.BRI jY
g \y ?jrA l AgB-4

.jrA fM
,A
C
nA AgG
jrA jY af hA I-5
A
g \y ? C jrA

.RD LAU
A ae KV
g `jqG
AgG-6
.RC ?jr
C n LAVA A m nA
R
. NnM
?(BC)
-7

g \y ?(BC)
LAU
.RDI KV AgB-8
BR
U
. eAjG
g jgC ?(BC) jrA
hZM AgB-9

?(BC) fI AlVA Y B-10

:iBM

U `jqA
LAU jrA
U
LAU

A Oae
AgB
,BNA
U
jrA

-C

B BC yB
:BJNm B jrA jY
BC I ,jrA

PDmC G-1
.JBD

PjBm
.jBmC G-2

.Nj G BM-3
NU

N A OU G-4
.fA
A
238.{BMfn
G E B
B }-5
Li OC zA
lA
BNU
By
Z BMfU B-6

.Be AiAjYC A e G-7

.BR
A
JJm
AlVA

F BJ ,f U TQ (BC) NmG-L

B LjC-X
:MD
239.{ j
AN
G}-1

240.{BBY
BV Fr }-2
241.{ B Am
AIBVNmA }-3

242.{Ii C
ZA AE hA
BD}-4
243.{ k I
B JN
IBrM
hA BD}-5

IAjA
nbA pifA

THE FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON

BnA FM ejA
SDNA jY

Particle of Limitation and The Sakin
Feminine Ta

C ,{ ,BC Ii}
:BM ei
,I M B NA jUl y ,() ejA jY
Ah ,h
.jJbA o H AhI NM
Ah C
:C ()

. :N (Afk LjyG) AgG ,BzC jA
B fI 6V f

BJ
B BmA M hY ,{M m } :BM ,BY I PFU f

ZN
B
I
(G)

BzC BjY
.ejA
M

jY
NA ()_ IBr

.VA

The Particle of Restriction () is coined for censure of the speaker and his determent
"My Lord
regarding that which he had spoken, like His, the Exalted's saying: { ,BC
Ii}
has disgraced me, Nay!" 244 In other words: Do not speak of this because it is not as
such. This is in the Khabar.

Strike Zaid. Then,
Sometimes, it comes after a command also, as when it is said: Afk LjyG

you say: (), meaning: I will not do this ever. It comes in the meaning of truth, as in His,
m
the Exalted's saying: {M

} "Nay, you shall soon know." 245
At that time, it is a

indeclinable noun due to its resemblance to () which is the Particle of Limitation. It is
) due to its being used for the realization
said that it is a particle also in the meaning of (G

of the meaning of the sentence.

:BnA
SDNA FM

Oj
Z

LU
yA (f OC) :Z
,A
G

fmC B
SDM f yBA
jY

.BBZG
f) :Z ,jnBI AgG
OB jY jY AgG BnA ,jnBI
BjZM KU BfI Bm B

.(vA

BNjY ,(CjA PBi) ,Oi : B ,Bm U hY
B ei KUM BNjY

.y (BMBi BMCjA)

,BnA

BNA
f yiB
AflA
AB BB) :B ,z SA U jhA U RNA BZG BC
I ,jhA
J iByA l
jBy M BZA

jfNI
.FnA flA

FN
.SDNA BA AYC Ae PB

The Sakin
Feminine Ta
It is a particle attached to the past-tense verb in order to indicate the feminine of that

which has been ascribed to the verb, as in: f OC Hind ate. You are familiar with the
circumstances requiring its attachment.
When the Ta meets a Sakin

with Kasrah,
letter after it, it is required to vowel (the Ta)

because the Sakin letter when it is vowelled, it is vowelled with Kasrah, as in: vA f
OB
The prayer is ready.
Its vowelization does not require the return of that which was elided due to its being

Sakin.
) CjA
Therefore, it is not said in the verb (Oi PBi
. It is because its vowel is
non-essential (used) for the purpose of repelling the meeting of two Sakin letters. The

saying: BMBi BMCjA
, is weak.
Regarding the attachment of the sign of the dual, the masculine plural and feminine
,flA
plural, then it is (also) weak. Therefore, it is not said: FnA AB
,AflA
BB. With
the estimation of attachment, then there are no pronouns so as not to require
concealment (of the pronoun) before mention (of the pronoun).246 Rather, they are signs

indicating the states of the subject, like the Feminine Ta.

:ubA

(BY) f .DbA
I MD A g f ,jUk
JNA ei jY :()

BmA
.BJ

.S C f yBA
B A ZM FM :BnA
SDNA FM

ONA
U
.Bm hY B ei KUM BNjY ,jnBI

OjY BfI
Bm
AgG

:mC
R
. ?ejA
jY B-1

.g \y BR PB ?ejA
jY Nn C-2

R ?(BY) I () NnM -3
.h

SDNA
.B R ?BnA FM B-4

.Bm
B AgG BnA
SDNA FN ~j AgB-5

R ?hY
.h B ei KUM SDNA FM jY G -6

:iBM

VA
:BNA () B
I-C
jNm
.BA -1

. ?KA
G OJg -2

. ,LgB Afm G-3


B C
.M -4

247.{fm
Ii G B}-5

248.{jNnA
Ii G ,ik }-6
h
249.{fBI I }-7
IhM

SDNA
:rA
Jy
U
BnA
FNI
BA SC-L
BNA

C ,oU ,FU ,B , ,D

MD
OjY
I ,BnA
:VA
B

jZN OB AgG
AgB SDNA
FM XjbNmG-X

.BJUA
EeDI
OJA OB-1
bM
.BIQ A OnU-2
B Kk
.B
PeC-3

A
.OJA OUja-4

A O-5
.A

B LjC-e
:MD

BnA
250.{
G }-1
251.{Vm
iBVA
LBN G }-2

252.{
OjM B BZBu C }-3
253.{BE OB}-4
LAjA
254.{jC A

NC BC
B OB}-5

oBbA
nbA
pifA
THE FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON
NA
BnC

Tanween And Its Divisions

:BnC
IiC

,A ZM
,A
jaE
jY JNM Bm :NA

Tanween is a vowelless Nun following the vowel at the end of a word. It is not attached to
a verb. It is of four divisions:
mA
N

IB
,jv
C I LAjA
C B ,NA
f M
:A
.(fk) ,IAjA
:Z PBjZ

M
First: (NA in the meaning
) it is that which signifies that the noun is capable of I'rab,
Zaid.
as in: fk
that is is fully-declinable and accepting the vowels of I'rab,

.B BMm OmC :C (u) :Z ,j mA B ,jNA
C f
:BRA
) it is that which signifies that the noun is indefinite, as in: u
Second: (jNA , in other
words: Be silent with a silence of whatever type. 255
B gG Y C (h
hY)
,G
:Z
BzA

By B ,~A :SBRA

.Ah B gG Bm
,Ah B
C (hNBm) gG ,Ah

) it is that which is a replacement for the Mudaf
Third: (~A Ilaihi, as in: hY
A time when;

A day when. In other words: Ah B
h gG Y A time when it was as such; Ah B gG A

day when it was as such; hNBm
An hour when, in other words: Ah B gG Bm An hour when
it was as such.

IB

U
(PBn)
SA U Z hA
:Z ,BnA NA
,IBA :IAjA
IiA
wNbM
.(mA)_I

h
.(n)
BnA

jhA

) it is the Tanween which is attached to the Feminine Sound Plural, as in:
Fourth: (IBA
Muslim women, due to its compensation for the Nun
PBn of the Masculine Plural in:
n
Muslim men. These four types are particular to the noun.
hA
oBa
BvC
PBIA
Z
jaFI ,jNA
M
(mA)_I
wNb
n B

iBvA

:jBrA

BIBuC f
OJuC G BIBNA gB
A C

:

BBn C BNIC B BBC C f NI M
Here, there is a fifth division which is not particular to the noun. It is Tanween

M
ar-Tarannum (jNA ). It is that which is attached to the end of verses of poetry and
unequal (rythyms), as in the saying of the poet:

BIBuC f
OJuC G gB
BIBNA A C
And like his saying:

256BBn C BNIC B BBC C f NI
M

FU)
I fk ,
:Z BBz (IA)_I
G Bu B AgG NA
A hZ f

.(j
At times, Tanween is elided from proper names when they are modified by (IA ) annexed

I fk FU
to the name, as in: j Zaid Ibn 'Amr came to me.

:ubA

na ,mA
:BnC jaE ZM Bm :NA

M-1
.NA

M-2
.jNA

M-3
.~A

M-4
.IBA
B
.jrA A
PAijzA mA
Z ,jNA
M
n oBa M

:mC
R
.

?NA
B-1

NA
.A hZ N-2
R
,NA
j-3
. M
B-4
.BR PB M
?jNA

R ?~A
.h M B-5
R
.

,IBA
M
j-6

j-7
M
.jNA


:iBM

I ,A
B NA

:VA
FmA XjbNmG-C
M
.hY AgB OJA Ou AgG-1
G

.aC fk Ah-2
PBn
.PB -3

257.{jaC f BI h J}-4
BnA

gB
.BIBNA A C-5
G .-6
.eB
FU-7
fm
.nA

:B NA
I Q B f U
BNA FmA aeC-L

,u ,fBa
, ,
:MD

B LjC-X
fJ M }-1
258.{ B j
Jm
.jaE Jm
FU-2

259.{A h
FnA OrA }-3
PAjUB
260.{ZNB FU
PBA

AgG}-4

.BIBuC f OJuC G -5

peBnA
nbA
pifA
THE FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON

fDNA
of Emphasis
The Nun
.yBA
(f)
fDN AkDI
K B AgG iBzA

jA

fDN Oy :fDNA

:Ijy

fDNA

:a-1
.Bm

.efr :Q-2
of Emphasis is a Nun
The Nun coined for the emphasis of a command or present-tense

verb when there is (the meaning of) of seeking as opposed to (f) for the emphasis of the
of Emphasis is of two types:
past-tense. The Nun

1-(a
) Lightened. The Nun
is Sakin.

2-(Q is Mushaddad or doubled.
) Heavy. The Nun

,in
:Z G ,(JNC ,JNC ,JNC) :Z ,C BJ G YN RA
BNmA
NA

~jA
eU A jA afM C kV .(BJNC ,BJNC)
C ,JNM
.(JNM O ,JNM
,JNM :Z
,JNC) ,B
KA

nA jaE b ,N BI A

fDM fN BIU nA A

afM f

.(Ah A ) :Z , C b B ,fDNA


The Heavy Nun is vowelled with Fathah,

if Alif does not occur before (the Nun), as in:
,JNC
JNC
,JNC . Otherwise, (if Alif does precede the Nun),
it is vowelled with Kasrah, as

,BJNC
in: BJNC . It is permissible to enter both (lightened and heavy) upon the command
verb, verb of prohibition, interrogation, verbs of hope and exhibition due to the meaning of
seeking found in each of them, as in:

(JNC
) -Write (command verb)

(JNM
) -Don't write (Prohibition)

) -Have you written? (Interrogation)
(JNM

(JNM
O ) -I hope you have written (Hope)

(JNM
C) -Have you not written? (Exhibition)
At times, the Nun is entered upon oaths as a requirement in order to emphasize the
nature of the action as being sought by the speaker. Therefore, the end of the oath is not
left without the meaning of emphasis, just as its beginning is not devoid (of emphasis with

Lam), as in: Ah A By God, I will not do as such.

:MD BJ B jY
B M C KV

.hZA
VA
(A)
fN (JNC) :Z ,jhA
VA
BJ
B y-1

.hZA FA
fN (JNC)
:Z ,JBbA BJ B jn-2
SA fYAA

B \NA-3
.BAf
is as follows:
It is required that the vowel before the Nun

1-Dammah
is that which is before the Nun , in
in the masculine plural, as in: JNC
of the plural which is elided.
order to signify the Waw
2-Kasrah is that which is before the Nun in the second-person feminine singular,

, in order to signify the Ya which is elided.
as in: JNC
3-Fathah
in all (forms besides those having) Dammah
and Kasrah.

BC .JBbBI oJN jn ,jhA

VBI oJN
,zA ,ejA
\NA BC
,BJNC)
:Z

A SA VA RA
,(BJNC
,C
VA
Pfk
BJ B
:PB TQ
fDNA
.RA
,jzA
BNUA

Aj
fDNA J SA

Regarding the Fathah in the singular, then it is because if it were vowelled with Dammah,
it could be confused with the masculine plural. If it were vowelled with Kasrah, it could be
confused with the second-person feminine singular. Regarding the dual and feminine

plural, it is because that which is before the Nun , BJNC
is Alif, as in: BJNC . The Alif is
added in the feminine plural before the Nun of Emphasis due to the dislike of combining
the Nun
three (letters of) Nun: of the pronoun (of the subject) and the Heavy Nun of
Emphasis.
A
jY

uC SA VA

RNA
afM
(bA)
fDNA

) BnA
j
(fY l
BNA G ,Bm
BIC
Bm a
M uA J

j
.nY
The Lightened Nun of Emphasis is never entered upon the dual nor the feminine plural
because if the vowel of the Nun does not remain on its origin, the lightened form cannot

become Sakin.
If it remains Sakin,
then it is requires the meeting of two Sakin letters
(without its limits) and it is not good.

:ubA

fDNA
.jA

AgG iBzA
B

,jA

fDN BI

M :fDNA

:n

a-1
.Bm

.efr
Q-2

BNmA
NA
.~jA
A jA
Bae kV

BJ B jY M C KV K fDM
.A f nA U
fDNA afM

:MD

.jhA
U
zA-1

RA
.JBbA

jnA-2
B \NA-3
.BAf

.uC SA VA

RNA
bA
fDNA afM

:mC

.B R j-1
,fDNA

.BRI
g \y ?fDNA ZM BA
DI-2

?B B ?fDNA AC B-3

.BIU nA ZM AgB-4
fDNA

B-5
.h R ?jhA
VA

fDNA
J B jY

?AgB ?JBbA
fDNA
SA fYAA J B jY B-6

?RA
fDNA I OZC hA SA VA A eAlM AgB-7

?AgB ?SA

VA RA bA fDNA
afM -8

:iBM

MD

:VA B
BJ B
jY KJm I ,fA BA XjbNmG-C
A
.JhN -1
JNC-2
.pifA
M
.yA
mieC-3
.AhI Yj
BM-4

B BJNC-5
.C

J B KJnA I ,f
U
RA
fDNA
I
BNA
BA fC-L

:fDNA

,JhM ,mifM
.AI ,G ,BJNC

B LjC-X
:MD
f
256.{BuC BM

}-1

257.{Bu AfYC jrJA
Yj Pih G jM BH}-2

258.{BI
hNmB
l BrA
l BG }-3
259.{AE
hA
A }-4

FOOTNOTES

1. An Idafah
is a type 'Arabic phrase construction comprised of two parts, the first-term is known as the Mudaf
) and the second-term is known as the Mudaf
(BzA Ilaihi (G BzA). Generally, these phrases signify
possession although other meanings are also associated with it.
2. Surah
Tauheed,
112:1-2.

3. Surah 24:35.
Nur,

4. Surah al-Hajj
22:38.
5. Surah
al-Muminun,
23:1-2.

6. Surah 35:1.
al-Fatir,

7. Surah 29:45.
al-'Ankabut,

8. The sisters of (jr ).
(eA
) are the numbers thirty through ninety (by tens). They are called 'Uqud
9. Meaning that the word itself is feminine in meaning and also possesses an indicator of femininity. The first word

) is feminine in meaning as pregnancy can only be attributed to a female while it also possesses the
(JY
Alif-Maqsurah,
) is feminine in meaning when attributed to a woman with a
a feminine indicator. Likewise, (EjY

rose-colored face while it also possesses the Alif-Mamdudah, another feminine indicator.

10. Ultimate Plurals (VA
) are plurals formed both broken and sound plurals. Although their patterns are
N
not formed according to rules, many are characterized by the Alif of the plural, as seen in the following patterns:

(A
,A ,B
,B ) which is generally followed by one or two vowelled letters. While in other patterns,

the Alif added in the beginning, as in: (BC
,BC
).
,
11. The wordBu
is the plural of u , meaning a sharpener for swords. The word kAj is the plural of Akj
). The origin were Bu and kAj, respectively.

meaning chess (WjrA

Ba'l, the name of an idol of the people of the Prophet Ilyas
12. The name Ba'labakk is comprised of two words: I

(AS) as mentioned in Surah 37:125. The second word is I Bakk, is the care-taker of the idol.
as-Saffat

(FA) and Ta
13. The author uses the Ha (FNA) in the same meaning, referring to the Feminine Ta,
as in: mif .
.
When reading the word without construction or when pausing, it would be read as: mif

14. Ya'malah is a well-bred female camel used for work.

) follows the verb in the sentence, as in:
15. The apparent verbal subject (j
Kg . The subject is concealed
fm
) when the place of the verbal subject in unoccupied following the verb, as in: Kg
(jz fm
. In this sentence,
) should not be taken as the verb's subject (BA

the first word (fm ). It is the Mubtada or the nominal subject
) is a sentence occupying the place of the Khabar.
and the verb (Kg) along with its concealed subject (

16. Meaning two nouns both of which possess the Alif-Maqsurah (ijvA A
) at its end.
17. Meaning that the removed subject is key to forming the verb, as in: e Their agreements were broken,

whose original could be: e FnA

The women broke their agreements. The former is the passive-voice
form of the verb and the latter is the active-voice form of the verb.
18. Surah
al-Baqarah, 2:183.

19. Surah al-Nasr,
110:1.

20. Surah 7:204.
al-A'raf,
21. Surah
al-Baqarah, 2:221.

22. The reasons in the other examples for advancing an indefinite noun first are: 1) CjA C iAfA
UiC for the

purpose of specifying (wvbNA
) the indefinite word; 2) Aja fYC B due to negation occurring in the
because the indefinite word has an estimated adjective which modifies it (
`j `j ); 4)
sentence; 3) BA

Ui iAfA
, because the Khabar is a quasi-sentence composed of a genitive particle or adverb and the word

which it governs, the indefinite word is required to be advanced; 5) m as it is allowed for an indefinite

noun to be advanced in supplications or Du'a.
23. Surah
'Imran,
Ali 3:19.

24 Nahj al-Balaghah, sermon 27.

25. Surah Fusalat,
41:46.
26. Surah
4:164.
an-Nisa
27. Surah
al-Fajr 89:20.

28. In other words, Ajq jqC and Bm A Bm.
29. Surah
an-Nahl
16:30.
30. Surah
4:171.
an-Nisa
31. Surah
al-Muzammil 73:4.
32. Surah
al-Fajr: 89:20.
33. Surah
Yusuf
19:29.

) are the Vocative Particles and the (B) at their end is the Particle of Notice
34. Technically, the words (C) and (C

jY
(JNA
) whose purpose is to arouse the listener for that which follows.

35. Surah 37:102.
as-Saffat

36. Surah al-Fajr 89:27-28.

37. Surah 21:69.
al-Anbiya

38. This () is known as Lam ). It gives a verb the accusative state and signifies the reason that
at-Ta'leel (NA

an action mentioned before occurred, as in:Ie
NIjy
I struck in order to discipline him.

39. Apposition is the government of one word over another by means of a Particle of Apposition (A jY ), such

as: ( ,), for example: Aj Afk OCi I saw Zaid and 'Amr, wherein Zaid is the verbal object (I A ) and 'Amr

Ma'ahu (
is the Maf'ul A ). In other words, these are not two verbal objects (I
A ) in one sentence. It is
understood that Zaid and 'Amr were seen together. If they were not seen together, it would more proper to say:

Aj Afk OCi I saw Zaid, then 'Amr, wherein the Particle of Apposition () signifies a sequence of events.

40. Surah al-Muzammil 73:20.

41. Surah
al-Maidah 5:55.

42. Here, the genitive word is the second-term of an Idafah wherein there is the estimation of the genitive particle
(), in other words: ffY

MBa
A ring of iron. In this case, the second-term of the Idafah defines the genus

(oU) of the first-term.
43. Meaning that the accusative state is based on the rules of the Mustathna. The nominative state, however, is
based on the Mustathna Minhu being subordinate to the Mustathna in apposition. In the relationship of

apposition, the subordinate follows its principle in its grammatical state, as in: fm G fYC FU B. Therefore, the
), the Mustathna Minhu is also nominative following its principle (fYC
subordinate (fm
), the Mustathna. This is
) in the text. Regarding the term (fJA
the significance of the term (BJMA ), it is one of the types of subordinate

apposition (IANA
). It means that the subordinate is equivalent to its principle, at least in part since Sa'eed is a
part of those described as no one, meaning people. Refer to lesson 24.

44. Estimated is the vacated Mustathna Minhu, as in: fnI Pij
G fYDI B ;Afm
G AfYC OCi B ;fm
G fYC FU
B.

45. Surah 21:22.
al-Anbiya

46. Surah al-Hadeed
57:27.
47. Surah
al-A'raf
7:169.

48. Surah 26:88-89.
ash-Shu'ara

49. Surah 30:47.
ar-Rum
50. The five perspectives are:
1) Fathah
for both based on the negation of the collective noun with (). As singular nouns, the endings of both

are fixed with Fathah,
as in: BI
G Y .

), an accusative word is
2) Nominative for both based on negation resembling (o ), however, its Khabar (AeU

elided, as in: BI G AeU AeU Y There is no strength existing or power existing except with Allah.

3) Fathah
for the first based on negating a collective (Y ), as in (1). The accusative for the second is due to

making apposition to the collective noun by means of the particle (). Since the collective noun (Y) stands in

) also becomes accusative by means of this apposition.
the place of an accusative word, the word (
4) Fathah
for the first based on negating the collective noun, as in (3). The nominative for the second is due to

negation similar to (o ), as in (2).

5) The nominative for the first is based on negation similar to (o ) and the Fathah
for the second is based on
the negating of the collective noun. This is the opposite of (4).
51. Surah
Yusuf
12:31.

52. Surah 42:17.
ash-Shura

53. Surah 29:45.
al-'Ankabut
54. In reality, the grammatical states are indicated by letters in this class of words as opposed to the common signs

indicates the nominative state (B
like vowels. The letter Waw
of I'rab, g , , ,Y ,aC ,IC); Alif indicates the

accusative state (B
Ag ,B ,B ,BY ,BaC ,BIC) and Ya indicates the genitive state ( B ,Y
g ,, ,aC ,IC ).

55. Surah al-Baqarah 2:124.
56. Surah
4:75.
an-Nisa

57. Surah 1:1.
al-Fatihah

58. Surah
al-Haqqah 69:13.
59. Surah
al-Qasas
28:21.

60. Surah an-Naml 27:26.
61. Understanding that the sentence was originally: j

jNmG
jVZA
iAfA fk
jNmG
. However, since the verb

iAfA
(jNmG
) is estimated, the sentence becomes: jVZA j fk. As a rule, when a genitive particle is found in
jVZA . The particle
the Khabar, it is required to place the Khabar ahead of the Mubtada, as in: j fk iAfA

() between these sentences allows apposition of differing types: First, apposition is made upon the word (iAfA

)
) which follows it in its genitive state thus eliminating the need to repeat the genitive particle
by the word (jVZA

) follows the word (fk ) in apposition as well. The governing agent in (fk ) is (AfNIA
), meaning
(). The word (j
)
that as the Mubtada it is nominative because it initiates the expression in its original formulation. Likewise, (j

is nominative as well due to apposition with the same particle (). This was the view of the Kufan
grammarian
al-Farrai. However, the Basri

grammarian Seebawaih rejected this construction.


63. Surah az-Zukhruf 43:70.
64. Surah
al-Hijr
15:30.

65. Surah 26:170.
ash-Shu'ara

67. Surah
al-'Alaq 96:15-16.

68. Surah 42:52-53.
ash-Shura

69. Surah 1:6-7.
al-Fatihah
70. In reality, without any form of sentence construction or syntax, these words have no reason to have declension
since declension is an indicator of the government of words within an expression. On the other hand, since
these words are capable of declension inherently, whenever they are found in a sentence, the will become
declinable.

71. Surah
al-Maidah 5:8.

)
72. Meaning that a pronoun is concealed in the forms of the Active Participle (B
), the Passive Participle (
and other patterns not mentioned.

73. Surah 1:5.
al-Fatihah

74. Surah at-Tauheed
112:1.
75. Surah
al-Maidah
5:117.

76. Surah 1:5.
al-Fatihah

77. Surah az-Zumar 39:7.
78. Surah
an-Naml 27:42.

79. Surah at-Tauheed
112:1.

80. Surah Maryam 19:69.
81. Surah
ar-Ra'd 13:3.


83. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:44.
84. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:2.

85. Surah 24:30.
an-Nur
86. Fussilat
41:44.
87. Surah
al-Kafirun
109:2.

88. Surah 23:1-2.
al-Muminun

89. Surah
Yusuf 12:32.
90. Surah
al-Muminun
23:83.


92. Surah
al-Haqqah 69:19.
93. Surah
al-Muminun
23:36.

94. Surah 17:23.
al-Isra

95. Surah
al-Maidah 5:105.
96. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:249.

97. Surah 44:25.
ad-Dukhan

98. Surah 30:4.
ar-Rum

(PBBA) literally means objective or intent. Here it refers to the Mudaf
99. The meaning of Ghayat Ilaihi which is
elided intentionally, as in the verse. In this case, the adverbs are indeclinable based on Dammah
at its end. If
Ilaihi intended, these adverbs are fully-declinable, as in the second example following in
there is no elided Mudaf

J OU I came before and after.
the text, also: AfI
100. Surah
al-A'raf
7:182.

101. Surah an-Nasr
110:1.

102. Surah 7:27.
al-A'raf

103. Surah al-Jumu'ah 62:11.
104. Surah
al-An'am
6:124.

105. Surah at-Taubah 9:40.

106. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:164.
107. Surah
azh-Zhariyat
51:12.

108. Surah
al-Maidah 5:119, based on one of its recitations.

109. Surah an-Nasr
110:1.
110. Surah
'Imran
Ali 3:37.

111. Surah 7:187.
al-A'raf

112. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:44.
113. Surah
Ibrahim
14:40.

114. Surah 17:9.
al-Isra

115. Surah 24:2.
an-Nur
116. Surah
Yusuf
12:4.

117. Surah
al-Maidah 5:38.

119. Surah
ar-Rahman
55:50.


121. Surah 49:14.
al-Hujarat

122. Surah
al-Fath 48:29.

123. The term Verbal Noun is used here for brevity while the proper name of this noun is: BA
mHI JrA vA An
Adjective Resembling The Active Participle. Like the Active Participle, this adjective retains a verbal quality
resultant from its direct derivation from a verb. However, unlike the Active Participle, the qualities signified by this
adjective are considered permanent or intrinsic.
124. Surah
al-Ahzab
33:6.

125. Surah 7:151.
al-A'raf

126 Surah al-Baqarah 2:191.
127. Surah
17:9.
al-Isra

128. Surah 8:33.
al-Anfal

is also known as:
129. This Waw A
AA.

130. Surah al-Muzammil 73:20.

131. Meaning that the particle () is negation of the past , as in: Aj fk Ljz
Zaid did not hit 'Amr. However,

) is used, the negation is continuous up to the present, as in:
when (B Aj fk Ljz
B Zaid has not (yet) hit
'Amr, meaning that there remains the expectation that this action could happen although it has not happened
until the time of speaking. This is the continuity referred to in the text.


133. Surah 35:43.
al-Fatir
134. Surah
an-Nahl
16:90.

135. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:97.

136. Surah
Yusuf 12:77.
137. Surah
'Imran
Ali 3:85.

138. Surah 6:160.
al-An'am

139. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:31.

140. Surah al-Mumtahannah 60:10.

141. Surah 30:36.
ar-Rum
142. Surah
al-Maidah
5:95.

143. Surah al-Jinn 72:2.

144. Surah
Yunus 10:72.
145. Surah
at-Taubah 9:6.

146. Surah 6:17.
al-An'am

147. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:31.
148. Surah
Ibrahim
14:34.

149. Surah 4:86.
an-Nisa

is that Hamzah symbolized with the following sign (A) and is found in the beginning of verbs
150. Hamzah al-Wasl
G . In nouns, the Hamzah
PjNmA
whose vowel may be elided to facilitate connection between two words as in:

al-Wasl
itself may be elided all together when part of the Definite article, as in: . As in verbs, the vowel is
fZ

elided on the Hamzah in order to facilitate connection between words, as in: CjA G.

A

151. The passive-voice verb is derived from the active-voice transitive verb (fNA A
). The verb's subject
is elided and the verb's object occupies the place of the subject assuming the subject's nominative state as well,

'Amr was struck (passive-voice).
Ljy
as in: Aj
fk Ljy Zaid struck 'Amr (active-voice) >> j

152. The Ajwaf verb (UA A) is the verb whose middle consonant is originally a weak letter, either Waw
or Ya,

as in: B ( ); BI (I ).

153. Surah al-Bayyinah 98:5.

154. Surah
al-Qiyamah 75:13.
155. Surah
al-An'am
6:78.


157. Surah 4:17.
an-Nisa

158. Surah 30:17.
ar-Rum

159. Surah an-Nahl
16:58.
160. Surah
al-A'raf
7:22.


163. Surah
Sad
38:30.

164. Surah al-Kahf 18:29.
165. ibid, 18:31.
166. Surah
'Imran
Ali 3:173.

167. Surah al-Hajj
22:30.

168. Surah
al-Maidah 5:6.
169. Surah
Ta
Ha 20:71.

170. Surah an-Nahl
16:66.

171. Surah ar-Ra'd 13:17.
172. Surah
al-Fath 48:28.

173.Surah an-Naml 27:72.

174.Surah 46:11.
al-Ahqaf
175. Surah
4:6.
an-Nisa

176. Surah 1:1.
al-Fatihah

177. Surah al-Mumin 40:16
178. Surah
17:1.
al-Isra

179. Surah
Yusuf 12:85.

180. Surah 43:11.
ash-Shura
181. Surah
ash-Shams 91:1.

182. Surah at-Teen 95:1.

183. Surah ad-Duha
93:1-2.
184. Surah
al-Muminun
23:22.

) and the words it governs in the nominative

interpreted from (G
186. Meaning that the subject could be a Masdar

I I
fk
state, as in: B It is reaching me (that) Zaid is a scholar. Or, likewise, the object could be a Masdar

) and the words its governs.

interpreted from (G

) of the noun of (G ), it is accusative. However, if you consider the
187. Meaning that if you consider the place (Z
word, it is originally nominative as the Mubtada.


189. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:19.
190. Surah
al-Anfal
8:24.

191. Surah 33:63.
al-Ahzab

192. Surah 11:111, according to one of its recitations.
Hud
193. Surah
Ya Seen 36:32.

194. Surah
Yusuf 12:3.

195. Surah 26:186.
ash-Shu'ara
196. Surah
al-Muzzamil 73:20.

197. Surah
Yusuf 12:3.

198. Surah Ya Seen 36:26.

199. Surah 4:73.
an-Nisa

200. Surah 'Abasa 80:3.
201. Surah
al-Munafiqun
63:4.

202. Surah
al-Maidah 5:95.

203. Surah 76:3.
al-Insan
204. Surah
an-Naml 27:64.


206. It is more appropriate to use the particle (C ) in this question, as in: AfV
C Afm
OCiC Did you see Sa'eed or
Majeed?, as the questioner would likely ask this question when not knowing which person was seen. The

particle (C), however, is used to distinguish between two matters, one of which the questioner knows is

established. However, the reply to this question could be: BfYC
iC I didn't see either one of the two. This reply,
then, does not distinguish one of two matters.


208. Surah 25:44.
al-Furqan
209. Surah
an-Nazi'at
79:27.

210. Surah 23:70.
al-Muminun

211. Surah
al-Mujadalah 58:22.
212. Surah
al-A'raf
7:172.

213. Surah az-Zumar 39:36.

214. Surah al-Mulk 67:8-9.
215. Surah
Yunus
10:53.

216. Surah
Yusuf 12:96.

217. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:159.
218. Surah
al-A'raf
7:12.

219. Surah
al-Qiyamah 75:1-2.

220. Surah at-Taubah 9:25.
221. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:1.

222. Surah
al-Maidah 5:117.
223. Ibid, 5:96.
224. Surah
at-Taubah 9:128.

225. Surah
al-Maidah 5:117.

226. Surah
Yusuf 12:82.
227. Surah
as-Saffat
37:104.

228. Surah 24:22.
an-Nur

229. Surah 63:10.
al-Munafiqun
230. Surah
al-Muminun
23:27.

231. Surah 33:18.
al-Ahzab

232. For the following reason, Hamzah is either preferred over () or () is not allowed:
fkC

(?OCi
) Hamzah is preferred to accompany a noun ; (?aC
Afk LjzMC
) Hamzah is used in the meaning of
C f
rebuke and censure ; (?fY

); Hamzah is used with (vNA
jUC B
C
C) ; (B C) Hamzah is used
with the particle of apposition (FA).

233. Surah ash-Shams 91:9.

234. Surah 7:44.
al-A'raf
235. Surah
ar-Rahman
55:60.

236. Surah 94:1.
al-Inshirah

237. Surah 21:22.
al-Anbiya
238. ibid.

239. Surah 8:38.
al-Anfal

240. Surah
al-Waqi'ah 56:65.
241. Surah
Fatir
35:14.


243. Surah 'Imran
Ali 3:7.
244. Surah
al-Fajr 89:16-17.

245. Surah
at-Takathur 102:4.
BB , wherein the pronoun concealed in the

246. Meaning that the pronoun precedes what it refers to, as in; AflA

), due to this, it is considered a weak construction.
verb (B) precedes that which it refers to (AflA
247. Surah
26:62.
ash-Shu'ara

248. Surah
al-Qiyamah 75:11-12.

249. Surah 82:9.
al-Infitar
250. Surah
al-'Alaq 96:6.

251. Surah al-Mutafifeen
83:7.

252. Surah 23:100.
al-Muminun
253. Surah
al-Hujarat
49:14.

255. What is intended here by the term Nakirah or indefinite are some indeclinable words, like the Verbal Noun

(u) and proper names ending in (
). That which has Tanween, in these type of words are indefinite while that

which is without Tanween is definite, as in the name Seebawaih in the following: jaC JnI
JnI I
Pij
passed by Seebawaih and another Seebawaih. The first instance is definite without Tanween and the second is
indefinite with Tanween.

256. In these verses of poetry, the word (C

) is a command verb in the feminine singular form from the root (G).

The intent here in (A
) is to abandon or leave blame or reproach. The word (gB

C

) is a Munada
Murakhkham

) whose origin is (gB
eB
(aj B), who is the one blaming. It's meaning is: Leave blaming me, O 'Azhil
and
rebuke. And say: if I do what's correct, then you are afflicted. The point is that the Tanween Tarannum is entered

upon both a noun (BIBNA
) and a verb (BIBuC). Likewise, in the second verse, Tanween is entered upon two verbs

BBC
(BBn ).
257. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:13.

258. Surah 11:17.
Hud

259. Surah
al-Haqqah 69:16.
260. Surah
al-Mumtahannah
60:10.

261. Surah 21:57.
al-Anbiya

263. Surah
al-A'raf
7:200.

264. Surah 29:11.
al-'Ankabut

639 Hidayah PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

639 Hidayah PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AfA

2008 Ali Abdur-Rasheed

4. The Declinable Noun & Types of I'rab

The Guidance In Grammar A-5 ZA AfA

33. The Masdar (ifvA

The Guidance In Grammar A-6 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar A-7 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar A-8 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 9 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 10 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 11 ZA AfA

The signs of a verb are:

1. It is proper to attribute information by means of the verb but attribution is not

The Guidance In Grammar 12 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 13 ZA AfA

The signs of Particle are:

The Guidance In Grammar 14 ZA AfA

If it is said that (the rule) is broken by the Nida,

The Guidance In Grammar 15 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 16 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 17 ZA AfA

SECTION ONE: The Declinable Noun

The Guidance In Grammar 18 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 19 ZA AfA

SECTION TWO: Types of Declension of the Noun

The Guidance In Grammar 20 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 21 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 22 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 23 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 24 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 25 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 26 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 27 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 28 ZA AfA

SECTION THREE: The Declinable Noun

The Guidance In Grammar 29 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 30 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 31 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 32 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 33 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 34 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 35 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 36 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 37 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 38 ZA AfA

The Nominative Nouns are of eight types:

The Guidance In Grammar 39 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 40 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 41 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 42 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 43 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 44 ZA AfA

THIRD & FOURTH TYPE: The Subject and the Predicate

The Guidance In Grammar 45 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 46 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 47 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 48 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 49 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 50 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 51 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 52 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 53 ZA AfA

The Guidance In Grammar 54 ZA AfA